-
for t h e Obtaining of a Post Graduate Diploma in Linguistics.
BlLA EMMANUEL NEBA
i
To
my
parents:
MARY
And to:
EILA
JOSEPH
BIH
A l l Constructive critics.
-
2
-
A C K N O W L E D G E E E N T
The p r e s e n t nuiden venture could n o t have h e n s u c c e s s f u l l y c a r r l e d out
sinqle-handec?ly.
I wish, therefore,
t o express my qmtiUude t o t h e following
people, $.rho i n one way or t h e other placed themselves c t t our dispospl.
P r i o r i t y pf place goes t o Mme. Jacqueline -xfJY
who unhesitntedly consented
t o supervise t h i s work; whose ::atience and keen i n t e r e s t in the work served as a
qo& and whose l i b r a r y I almost mnopolised d u r i n s t h e course of t h e work, I
wish I could do more than j u s t t h m k i n g her.
I i l s o wish t o thank OUT p r i n c i p a l i n f o r m n t , % NIWETI Bnmabss and a l l
thosc who i n d i r e c t l y o r otherwise furnished us i.:th
suhstantiol i n f o r m t i o n
this workky thnnkr, a l s o qo t o Kr
. Joseph
KFONYAh who unreservedly gave us sore
quidelincs an6 a l s o t o M r . Jackson !G.N2FiO who W r n i t t e d me t o use t h e V - C - E - i .
librzry in %fut.
I??v m y p a r e n t s 1.r. Joseph
re;lis;.tion
B I I A 2nd 9 i h P:srv r;ho f i n s . n c i c l l y a s s i s t e d i n t h e
of t h i s v o r k , p l s o f i n d hcre,
k:my 311 t h o s e who a s s i s t c r : us in on=
~ p \ 7 expression
rip-:
of thrnks.
or t h e o t h e r , but whose names Co
n o t f e a t u r e hcre, also f e e l how much I srn inaebted t o them.
kstlv,
r?ay t h e
members of t h e j u r y vho w i l l + a k e t h e pr.ins of judging tlhe
value of t h i s i..ork also ciccept w.y h e a r t - f e l t
Rcknowlcdgement f o r t h e Pains t b Y
have taken.
While c a l l i n q on t h e above-mentioned p e r s o n c l i t i c s t o accept my g r a t i t u d e
for the& a s s i s t a n c e , I wholly pssur;r t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of any f a u l t s which
miuht be d i s c e r n e d i n ny conpiletion of & t a -
E. N
BIIA
a f t e r p c ~ s i n git.
TABLE
OF
4
CONTENTS
1
i
2
3
6
CHAPTER
1
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
I.
Aim............................**.*.~.-~.~~....~.....~....~....
7
I.2.0:
B r i e f P r e s e n t a t i o n o f t h e B a f u t s and Bafut,..................
9
G e o g r a p h g c a l a n d d m o g r a p h i c Situation....
10
7.2.2.'
Socio-econmic
11
I.2.3:
H i s t o r i c a l situation................................~....~~..
12
1.2.4.0:
L i n g u i s t i c situation...............................~.........
14
I.
2.1:
situation................................^....^.
. . . . . . . . . .1.2.4.1
. . . n o:i t a Lc iin fg ui iss st iac l C
Os-..............+
15
la
1.4.0:
..................
N e i g h b o u r i n g l a n g u a g e s . ....................................
Data c o l l e c t i o n a n d m e t h o d o f a n a l y s i s . . .....................
O u t l i n e of alphabet..........
................................
1.5.6:
Presentation
ohapters................~..
23
2.0:
Introduction............................~~~~~~~.-...~..*....~
25
2.1.0:
T h e c a n p o s i t i o n of t h e verb..................................
25
7.2.4.2:
T.2.4.3:
1.3.0:
E a r l i e r s i t u d i a s on t h e a a f u t ianguage.....
of
C V Pattern..................................*...~-~~....~.~.
2.1.1:
CVC Pattern..................~~~~...~..~.
2.1.2:
C V V Pattern.................................~~~....,~~...~..~
2.1.3:
CV.CV Pattern..................~~.......
2.1.4:
CVC.CV
Pattern.......,..........................~......~......
2.1.5:
. . . . . . . . . .nrettaP
2.1.6:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CVV.CV
CV.CV.CV
Pattern..............-.
2.1.7:
2.2.0:
T h e t o n a l system of t h e verbs.................................*
2.2.1:
H i g h t o n e verbs.........,.........................~.~..~~.~...
2.2.2: ~.~...............Cow
...........t..o
....
n...
e.sbrev
.-.....a
2.2.3:
R i s i n g - f a l l i n g a n d f a l l i n g i i s i n g tones......................
2.3.0:
Verb forms............................................=....-.
T h e radical.................................*~................
2.3.1.0:
2.3.2.0:
T h e r a d i c a l f suffix......................................^..
D e r i v e d suffix...................................*.........~.~
2.3.2.1.0:
The
ta d e r i v e d suffix..................................^^.
2.3.2.1.1:
2.3.2.1.
P: T h e - k a d e r i v e d suffix.....................................^..
2.3.2.1.3:
T h e -Sa d e r i v e d suffix..................................^^..
2.3.2.1
.4:
T h e - n 3 d e r i v e d suffix......................................
T h e m a d e r i v e d suffix.......................................
2.3.2.1.5:
~....O...O...................
-
../5
.*/. .
17
19
22
26
27
28
29
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
2.3.2.1.7:
47
.8:
2.3.2.1
48
2.3.3.0:
52
2.3.3.1:
53
:
2.3.3.2
53
2.3.7.3:
54
2.3.3.4:
55
2.3.3.5:
55
2.3.3.6:
56
2 -3.4.0:
56
2.4.0:
59
3.0:
60
7.: .o:
60
3.1 .1
.O
61
3.1 .1 .1 .O
63
3.1.1 .O:
65
3.1.1.1.1:
67
3.1 .I.I 2:
70
3.1.1.1.3:
73
3.1.1.1
-4:
75
3.1.1.1.5s
77
3.1.1.1.6:
80
3.1.1.2s
81
3.1.1.2.1s
82
2.3:
3. I.I.
82
3.?.1.2.3:
83
3.1 . l . 2.4:
84
3.1.1.2.5.
85
3.1.1.3.0:
86
3.1.1.3.1
:
87
3.1 .I-3.2:
88
3.1 .1.3.3:
89
3.1 .I-3.4:
90
3.2.C;
91
93
6
- na
4.2.0:
The
4.3.0:
The-K3
4.4.01
The
4.5.02
The
4.6.02
The
- ma
-
d e r i v e d suPFix
derived suffix
sa
95
97
derived suffix
100
derived suffix
103
13 d e r i v e d s u f f i x
104
4.7.02
R e d u p l i c a t i o n of t h e v e r b r o o t
105
4.0.0:
Conclusion:
107
CHAPTER
5:
GErvERAL CONCLUSION
APPENDIX 1:
Maps
RPPENDIX 2:
E a r l i e r w o r k s on t h e a a f u t l a n g u a g e
109
APPENDIX 3:
Bafut
109
BIBLIOGRAPHY
i
i
- English verb list
117
i
-
B:
Beneficiary c a s e
El
Bxperiencer case
Lr
Locative case
Or
Object c a s e
RPl t
Subject noun phrase
"2:
D i r e c t o b j e c t noun phrase
"3,
=dire&
VP:
6
I
-
object noun phrase
Verbphase
: t o be read a8: becomes:*
CERDOTOIA:
Centre de recherche e t de
m x w n t a t i o n s u r le6 t r a d i t i o n s a r i s e s
e t pour le d&eloppement d : langues a f r i c a h e s CGFST:
DQlegation & d r a l e
Yaounde
-
i b. Rechelthc
Yaounde
S c i e n t i f i q u e et T e c h h i w e -
e' de Recherche pmr l e B&eloppenent-
m
R
D
t
Groupc U n i v e r e i t s i r c d'Etude
SEW:
S o c i 8 t e d' &tudes l i n g u i s t i c p e r e t m t M D O h 3 -
sIL:
Surmer I n s t i t u t e of Lfnquistim
VCEP:
V i l l a q e Commnity Experimenb 1 ?roject.
de %rice- p a d s -
-
7
-
7
.. TRODUCTION
GThEt4 L
--.<I.
. .
The c e n t m l i t y of t h e vcrb i n i.ny \Orbal n m u n i c ~ t i o ncannot bc
OOEIC
h=3sdsed- The a i m of t h e p r e s e n t w r k is t h e r c f o r e an attempt a t p r c s e n d n g
&?fut q n m r which is b u i l t arouid
"..has
rom the v c h .
Case rnles"
1
a v a l e a c e , or a set
cantrpl
P
01
Ycrb
which pcccrding t o Cock
dependency r e l s t i o n s , which s p r i n g
a r e cxprssed i n t e r m of underlying
There dependmcy r e l n t i o q
.
according t o Cook's a s s e r t i o n above, t h e Q r b inposes sow scmantic f m c t i m s
on t h e elements with which it c o l l o c c t e s Wd zlso ;taxpress=
which held between these d e m e n t s .
The Blk-.ntic f u n c t i o n s imposed by t h e a r b ,
can be mapped onto s y n t a c t i c s t x u c t u r e s
on the elements w i t h which it c o l l o c a t e s
Cur
of l i n g u i s t i c express,ions.
the rclationshiw
k s e f o r i.his s t u d y w i l l be t h e sentence; and
i according t o Chafe (19701, a sentence is comosad of
"...a
or mre nouns2
c e n t r a l v e r b acmnpanicd by one
some p a r t i c u l a r s e m n t i c r e l a t i o n t o !he verb"
each of which s t a n d s i n
2
This a s s e r t i o n once m r e lays emhsis an t h e favoured s t a t u s w h i c h t h e verb
holds within a s c n t e n c e Following t h e above opinions by COOK :1979) and Chafe (19701, and f o r ithe
Prrrpose of
a s e m n t i c - s y n t a c t i c study of
: Premise o r hypothesis tb-t:
rnd it a t t r i - . i t e s v,:rying
1
Befut verb, w e took o f f from the
#@
t h e verb is
.
i t r e l i n all verb.=l coHmnInicatiss
functions t o nod&, w i t h which it cccurs-
These
functions, n t t h e semantic l e v e l ; w i l l hf gfered t o 2s "cases" and Since a
SeE-antic s t r u c t c = e i s n o t very much inter&*
in. a s y s t e r r a t i c ani.nqement bf
the elements i n an u t t e r a n c e , b u t i n t h e SO&.$
which these elements play.
hemad it neceassry t o i n t r o d u c e a
e m e m t i c p a t t e r n i n g cf
syntzzctie s t r u c f l l r e in
these elenrents
wit&
*&Icturo w i l l , throuqh the r o l e , , s s i q n c Z
a S y s t e m t i c mans of p r e s c r v i n q
we
order t o yield a
an u t t e r a n c e ( -
his syntactic
the s e m n t i c S t N C t U X e r Serve 2s
9
spea.kcrlj !?t?rceution of a s i t w t i o n -
This syntactic structure, w i l l through t h e roles assigned by t h e semantic
s t r u c t u r e , serve as a s y s t e m a t i c
of a s i t u a t i o n -
mns of p r e s e r v i n g
This w i l l snnsequentlv pssist a h e a r e r t o daaode the
u t t e r a n c e i n a way which w i l l enable
'
b
message.
a speaker's perception
to s b r e t h e speaker's intended
T h i s p r e s e r v a t i o n of pcrception" w i l l , of c m r s o be done by arrang-
i n g t h e e l e m t s perceived, i n t o sentences~~
€'AGE
1-
9
(REFERENCE)
Walter A. Cook (1979): Case Grammar: Development of t h e Matrix
Model (1970-1978)
2.
~~
Wallace Chafe (19701:
Georgetown, U.S.A.
&nninq and t h e s t r u c t u r e of lenquaqe.
Georqetown, U. S. A .
W e a r c consious of t h e fsct t h i t
A
s c m a n t i c m y n t a c t i c study of t h e
Eafut verb demands a m r c d a b o r i t t e treatment thm it is p o s s i b l e f o r us t o
Drovide within t h e c o n s t r a i n t s ef t h e present work.
To overcome this handi-
Cap, our aspiratj.cn, t h e r e f o r e , is n c t t h e u r c v i s i c n of *n exhaustive ifrri-y
of q r ; . m . y t i c a l
N~CS
w h i c h grvern t h e % f u t lnnguaqe-
W
e have t h e r e f o r e
adopted a s e m a t i c r l l y - b a s e d model of c o m i c . - . t i c n a s applied by t"oskey
(1979:12).
T h i s mdel n l l m s f o r a system whereby a s y n t f i c t i c s t r u c t u r e ciii
bo projected fror a s e m n t i c s t r u c t u r e , irpnsed by thc verb on t h e elements
perceived by
17
speaker-
% i n s t o t h c c e n t r c l i t y of t h e verb, it csn be n c t i c e d t h a t any mdific c t i n n cf t h e v e r b ' s s t r u c t u r e , thrruqh s u f f i x a t i r n , i n e v i t a b l y &?s repercussions
on
the
n@un phrases w i t h which t h e v e r b occurs i n an u t t e r a n c e -
Thcse
rcpercussinns, which w i l l be n t both t h e s e n a n t f c and s y n t e c t i c l e v e l s , w i l l
be mre prrfoundly e x p l o i t e d in Chapter 4-
I n view of t h o f a c t t h a t t h e B s . m v e r b attributes c e r t a i n functions to
t h e noun phrases t o which it is r e l s t c d , w e dGeTed it a p t t o deploy a f u n c t i o n a l
approach i n the semantic
- syntactic trcatuent
as Propounded by D i k (1970) and P:osRey (1679).
of the verb-
This spnrnach is
This approach permitted
US,
i n Chapter 3, t o hc a b l e t n c l m s i f y t5e verbs f r o m t h e semantic an6 s y n t s c t i c
i
- 9 viewpoints.
It also permitted u s t o hc c b l e t o give t h e number and t y p e
of argunonts which t h c B n k t verbs permit i n t h e i r s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e s .
In Chiipter 4 , t h i s auproach 0.1s~
p c r r i t t e 2 us t o u n r ~ v c lt h e repercussions
which t h c v e r b has m i t s erguncnts, whcn t h i s verb t a k e s en any of t h e
identified sutfixesA venture nf t h i s c a l i b r e was undoubtedly propelled hy some r c t i v a t i o n s .
The f i r s t cause of * p i r a t i c n
WLG
t h e r e a l i s a t i o n t h i t the Banntamrb, i n
General, and t h c BzPclt verb, i n pfirticulc,r, h . 3 ~eluded much dcvotcd lingist i c miilysis.
Work t o t h i s d i r e c t i o n hrs been dcnc by a fcw l i n g u i s t s
like L. Dunstan (1963) who wrote on c r t i c l e on N q w e verhs, Hyu&n (1971-81)
‘Jnorhoeve (1974)and J - Lfroy $1977)
2
.
1
In Ierny’s wnrk, she brinqs o u t t h e
c o w l a i t y of t h e verb81 systcri. i n Kmkm.
According t o her, t h i s complexity
is brrusht abC.ut by:
(i) Whether t h e verbs simultnnenusly express t e n s e enc? aspect(ii) Whether t:.e vcrb fnrms unZergo r n 6 i f i c a t i m s depending on whether
they sppenr i n t h c r f f i r r i t i v c , i n t c r r n g e t i v e , negative cr
r e l r t i v c cnffitructions
-
s y s t e c which can bc better understood whcn a s ; s t e n of
(iii) Thet0-l
mderlvincj f l o n t i n g tones is estrblishezc”.
owing, t h e r c f o r c , t o t h c fi.ct tb-t Ekfut is
2,
Bantu verb; w e were c a x e d i n t o
picking up t h i s t o p i c i n an .?ttcmpt tc p r e s e n t one a s p e c t of t h e b m t u verb,
2s s h w n by t h e t i t l e of t h e present work-
I n order t o o b t a i n mr.torii.1 fcr t h i s venture. w e emb-rked nn a barbfincling m i s s i o n .
But, befcro presenting thc prpcedure pursued i n
t F e
c c l l e c t i c n of t h i s d ~ b an?
,
t h c rrthcr? cmloyed i n its analysis. w w i l l
first of i;ll b r i e f l y p r e s e n t t h e & f u t s
i.32
1-2.0: Srief -Presentation of t h e %.fits
and %fut
.-. -
t h e i r lanqwzge.
.-
In t h i s s o c t i c n , the % f u t c m m n i t y w i l l be presented E r c m the
followinq viewpoints:
Urxpistics
.
geograuhicpl, histcfictl; socin-ecnncmic
an.?
-
10
-
Geographical Cnd demgraphic situation
1.2.1:
I
4
Bafut is found i n t h e North West & m i n c e of t h e Republic of Ccmroon.
From t h e a d d n i s t r ? t i v e viewpnint, it f a l l s under t h e Tubah d i s t r i c t i n
&wsn Divis.ion.
Acmrding t o N e h z s h (l981-82), &fit i s s i t u a t e d between lqnqitudes
loooo' and
wst of t h c G r c c n w i c h inc? ktwcen l a t i t u d e s 6'05-
n o r t h of t h e n r r i d i e n , i n the Republic of Cnnrrocn.
6'10'
t3
10°13-
and
It is s i t u a t e d
t h e n c r t h e a s t c m f r i q c s of t h e N o r t h West-Province.
5;
% r r y Hymn: ( 1 9 7 1 ) : Cnnsccutivc Cnnstructinn i n f.5fE'.
2.
k r r y Hynan (1981):
3.
J. L e r y ( 1 S 7 7 ) :
4.
We z r e indeMed t c N - Nebrsina's:
Nnni G r a r m t i c z l
Structure
1;orphrlngic c t C l . - s s c s Pkrciwles cn Pknkon: (Canrroun)
A r u r a l cicrqrnphic::
s t u z y Q?
thf
Dnfut Chiefdnn, (19CZ)
It has an areG nf @ 2 5 km
2
and zccnrdinq t c e 1982 survey, a p o p u l a . t i m of
Bofut is s i t u z t e d i n zn elevated basin 2nd
npprnxin,-tly 35.000 i n k - b i t a n t s .
bounitcd thus:
~ * ? E Bnundzry:
S ~ ~ ~ Oshie-Ngie
l3.S"
range
-
Bnundrry: Esmonclo, O h , Kuoh, Njinikorc hi@
NOSL'HERN E n u n r l p r y : C;nhui,
plateau-
Bnmbili etc.
S @ L ? l i E i 3 ? Bm.m&--ry: Wum, T i n p e t c .
The v c q e t a t i o n of Zafut is of
r'
S u b e q u a t o r i a l type which is n o d i f i e d
by a l t i t u d e s h c e t h i s chiefdom is hmnded by t h e Oshie-Ngie hills.
'~afut
h ~ sa n i n e mnnths' r a i n y sE-a.scn with cm r n n u p l r p i n f r l l nf 2-4OoSnm and three
nonths' Cry s c i s p n -
The high *reps i n Z z f u t experience cold c l i m a t i c
c m d i t i m s w i t h a t e m c r , - t u r e cf octrctimfs l d ° C i n t h e e a r l y m m i n g .
On the
c t h e r haid, t h e Bcfut h2,sin experiences husid and w c r n c l i m - t i c c o n d i t i o n s
with
a
r c x i m l zvcrnge ycprly t c r p e r s t u r n of 24-fOC- The cold p e r i o d fa
Gnfut is t k h e a r t nf t h e ri.iny s c z s r n , w h i l e t h e hot periorl is t h e start
of t h e rainy season-
...../-
- 11
Sncio- cconcnic s i t u a t i o n :
1.2.2:
S c c i a l l y . E a f u t is c m v s c d of hetcrogenecus quarters whcih f u n c t i o n
h?rmnecusly nrcund
j
c e n t r i l fiqure
- t h c Fon,
AccDrding t o Ngwa Nebasina
p r i s c s t e n v i l l a g c s znr' twenty- nne qua; t e r s -
"
- t.hc
The h e t e r c g e n c i t y r f % f u t is Dortr?ycd Sy t h c fact t h a t i t c o n r
p,=lace.
and i n thc c o n t e x t of I k f u t ,
(1982).
;nB s. c e n t r a l place
R
v i l l z g c is & f i n e d a s :
Units w i t h i n b s a f u t which rare o r i g i w l l y s e t t l e d by aborigines o r
own
by specific qrnups of pccple who PigrFte? intc? t h e a r m with t h e i r
a d m i n i s t r a t i v e l i f c s t y l f swmhnw ? i f f a r e n t frrm t h r . t of t h e c b o r i g i n e s
and slsr f r c n thilt of t h e
Crfut u n i t "
maiE
1
.
The a k v e d e f i n i t i c n manifests,
t h e f a c t t h z t t h c l3zfuts hcvc c'ifferent o r i q i n s an4 t h i s therefore -prc!vckes
t h e ccntrovcrsy i n t h e se:rch
f n r a corn-on c x i g i n f o r the &fUt Pecple-
In mkinq a d i s t i n c t i c n between
1.
Ngwa i&?&sina
(1989-1982)
i.
"villi.gc" iinrl
: P. &.a1
"qucrter", Ngwe Nebasine
2
Gecqraphical Study nf t h e
Chief Cion:
PP.
*fut
35.
(1982t 35) provides a clcfinition nf a quartcr as:
I'
S.
t r a n s i t i o n a l a d r i n i s t r p t i w u n i t w i t h i n t h e Chiefclrm"
In t h e course
of
t h i s wnrk, any referencE
tcl
e i t h e r a "village" "r a
"quarter" w i l l hc t p k i n q i n t c considerati-n t h e above d c f i n i t i c n s Sy Ngwa
Neksina.
I n s p i t e of t h e presence cf Europeans i n % f u t during t h c colonial
e r a kninr! t h e presence nf pcc!pl> rf o t h e r t r i b e s , t h e Eafut people st'11. c l i n g
staunchly t o a t r - 3 i t i n n a . l way of l i v i n q A t t h e ccnnomic l c v e l , t h e Dafut people, l i k e over 7 0 % of Camerooniam,
dcrive t h e i r m i n s t , - y from n q r i c u l t u r a l i c t i v i t i e s .
very m c h a g r i c u l t & e o r i e n t c d .
Its economy i s t h e r e f o r e
This is evifient i n t h e c u l t i v i r t i o n
crops, f o d crops, f r u i t trees and t h e breoAinq of l i v e s t o c k -
of cJsh
Cultiv+tion
r e s t s more en t h e womenfolk while t h c Pen r e s e m , n l m s t e x c h s i v e l y ,
thc r i g h t of farminq c a s h crops such n s rice, cocoa, c o f f e e and t h e breeding
of l i v e s t o c k .
..../-
- -
I1
12
I
i
A p a r t fron
these
aqriCUltUXal
activities. there is a l s o craftwork. hunting
and f i s h i n q which c m s t i t u t e a SeCOn?!!vy
The flmrishing
eccmmic a c t i v i t y .
craft work is s u s t d n d by t h e obunbnce nf raw m t e r i a l s cncl the a s s i s t a n c e
of some Irissionzry boc’ies.
AS concerns r i s s i c n m v F c t i v i t y , k n d i c r ; f t
is
prrmted i n KTnflicraft Centres i n N s e m (a q u a r t e r in Ez.fut, by t h e 2resbyterian
mission, and e t b & u
At
(enc.ther q u z r t c r i n B s f u t ) , by t h e C a t h o l i c mission.
t h e v i l l n g c l e v e l , c n l y few s p e c i s l i s t jobs ire Pr,-ctiseA-
b r i c k l o y c r i n g , shcc-mcndinq, c z r p e n t c q i;n.’ t e i l n r i n g -
These include,
These s c c m d a r y
cconnmic n c t i v i t i c s cre c n l y s u b s i d i a r y t o a g r i c u l t u r e because bcfore being
either
i
c;DcntCr,
R
b r i c k l a y c r or
si
t a i l o r , t h e n s f u t v i l l a g e is first
cf all farmrs
1.2.3:
Historicol S i t u z t i r n
1
There has been much cr.ntri7vcrs.v ilbcut t h e o r i s i n
the b f u t People.
of
This ccntrnvcrsy his been q r e i t l v strengthone3 by t h e f s c t t h r t any
i n f o r r a t i c n , p e r t a i n i n q t o t h e oricjin rf t h e R z f u t Deorlle;,
cn o r a l t r s d i t i o n .
1.
W
e
solely
I n t h e m i d s t of t h i s c m t r c v c r s y , w e w i l l , however
i n z c b t d f o r t?.is sectj.cn t o
Z . 2’.
[Iarnicr /Nchcgi (1982) :
Elcmcnts fnr a History rf the Vkstern G r s s s f i c l d s ;
N.
is based
Yaounde, and t o
Nebasina ( 1982)-
sttcnpt t o s i t u r t c t h e p o s s i b l c r c g i c n s of o r i g i n cf t h e ilafut Deople.
While
scme qc.eoqr*.phes an? h i s t c r i a n s assum t h n t & f u t has a T i k a r o r i g i n , snm
rtnthrrx’logists an< s o c i o l o g i s t s n s s e r t tht it i s n o t easy t o p r d i Z e a
In Nebasha
cornan p o i n t of o r i g i n fer 011 % f u t people.
t h e impressic.n tbt t h e DafEt pecple a r e nf
t h e f d l o w i n g qcnca.logy tree:
... .IC
*
r^.
(1962).
one has
Tikar origin i s he p r e s e n t s
.. .,
. ~. .
(The c%wxul&'nq m a l w v c do m t i n p l y tbt craefribe is derived
from
I
.._i
another-
These arrows u e r e l y show thrt
.?
.,
.
..
ccordinq to ornl W t i o n , these
t r i h c s are of a c o m n origin).
W h i l e the sbow
naCOIlPt
p r e s e n t s th. whcle %fut
a conmnn Tikar origin. J. P. Warier and %+ti
coFLBIIU\ity a8
N c h o j i (1982),
baving
on their part,
a l l o w ns t o p a r t i a l l y b e l i e v e t h e above ,ssertim as t h e y s a y th??t:
nIn mst Chiefdoms l o c a t e d h t w e e n Ihe &am
land of t h e T i k a r
-
River V a l l e y
- t h e home-
and a line m i n g fiorr % f u t t o N d u V i a Ibm, tbo
royal dynasties c l a i m a c o m n origin f r ' n T i k - r country referred tr as
T i h r 'Ndobo"
or by t h e mrc specific
~ E ? Sof
is t h e case i n Dancun, Baba. Damssing,
n a f u t , Kom, Ntem, Wiyi, , Tang, Flbam"
1
.
Kfni and R i f u m -
L'iwssi,
hn a p p l i c z t i o n ofthe shove a b s e r m t i c ?
mrc
This
BalPali, Nkwfn, NSC,
specifically
tr,
ndut
conmunity will d r i v e us t o t h e cmrclusion :hat it is o n l y thc roysl family
...../-
"A
-
14
careful invostiqa%inn of the
I
CommOner
lincaqes a.nA mrters
h w i n g Tiknr 6ynnsties r e v c a l s t h e existence of m n y groups hiiving
Sow claim 3.n o r i g i n i n a neighbooring
S i f f e r c n t trec?itions of : o r i g i n .
Chiefdom, w h i l e o t h e r s c l a i m
t h y t
are.
they have always been whcrc they
I n TUUT, f o r e a n p l e ; &st quarters an? l i n e r g c s c l ? . i m
J
Widikum o r i g i n ,
znfi very few, besides %he Chief 2nd h i s sons, lcnk towards the Ti&
country 2 s t h e i r o r i g i n a l hcrnclond"
1
.
In view of t h e f a c t s p r c s c n t d 5
1 t h e S o c i o l o g i s t s above, one
l e f t t o shun %he long-held a f f i r n a t i v e opinion
c o m i t y h.2~
Tikar o r i g i n .
th7t
t h e whole Zafut
It w i l l , t h e r e f o r e , henceforth, be s, f e r
t o hold t h e opinion th-it t h i s c o m i t y b-s m ~ i n l ySoth
5Jidikum o r i g i n .
is
a Tikar ancl
Thus, t h e clleq,-tir.n tkt t h e h f u t people are of
Tikar ~ r i c j i nwc.uld hencefcrth k a z i s c o c i p t i c n hctvreen thL rcynl
i
?.
nasties
The forncr hcrlds stsunchly t o a T i b r o r i g i n
ancl the c c n m n c r lincpqes-
w h i l e the l r t t e r hold f i r m l y t o a Widilcun. o r i g i n .
1-2-4:
Linguistic Situation:
Ls Ilafut f,-lls under 3antu languages, we w i l l attempt, i n &a15 ng
w i t h t h e l i n q u i s t i c s i t & - t i o n of the %fUt people; t o present
SCFC
works
which k.vc h e n done i n tho c l p s s i f i c n t i c n o f the ,Zsmrmn &ntu 1;nquagesG u t f i r s t of zll, we w i l l . b r i c f l y show how an i n t e r e s t i n t h e study of
African lsnqugges began.
History has it th-t s t u 6 i c s on P.€riczn knquages
were s t a r t e a by the Church kission;.ry S o c i c t y i n Freetown
This was
.&w,P
doctrienes.
- Siorradeone.
a i d i n a t h e r i s s i o n c r i e s i n t h e disseminrtion of U i s t i a n
In Cameroon, t h i s was shown by t h e i n t e r e s t l a i d on Mungaka i n
t h e proscnt North West Ercvince; Dnwla i n t h e p r e s e n t South
'Cst
Province
and ? a r t of t h e L i t t o r a l Prc,vincc; pnd bulu i n t h e present Centre pad South
Province.
1.
J . P.
Wcrnier/N.Nchoji
-
I b i d PP. 13 ;
....J-
Thus tcCOrdfng t o sigis-d
15
1
h l h (1963)
, missionary bodies worked on
African lanquages from 1806-1818 en? ~ . s s i s t c di n the c o d i f i c a t i o n of some
i n Sierra-konc-
It i s probably in accordance w i t h t h i s i n i t i a t i v e th-t
o t h e r l i n q u i s t s took more i n t e r e s t i n w?rk on African lanquaqos i n genmal.
and b n t u lanquaqes i n p a r t i c u l a r L f t c r t h i s b r i e f u r e s e n t i t i o n of hnw work on African k n q u a q e s prchaaly
s t a r t e d , we w i l l proceed by a t t e m t i n g t o s i t u a t e t h e Rafut languages in
t h e frame of bantu languages.
T h i s w i l l be, thrcuqh a u r e s e n t p t i o n of khe
d i f f e r c n t c l a s s i f i c - t i o n s made frrm Guthrie (1940)
t h e G r a s s f i e l d Cilntu working G r o w (1977-1978)
3
.
a l s o prcscnt r+rlicr l i n q u i s t i c works nn % i f u t and
2
t o t h e a c t i v i t i e s of
I n t h i s section, we w i l l
F
p r e s e n b t i o n of t F e
lancjwqes r;:;ich irc n c i q h k u r s t o Zafut1-2.4-1:
Linguistic Classificctinn.
In t h c c l a s s i f i c C < t i m nf African l n n q w c p s , Guthric (1948) c l a s s i f i e d
2 a f u t an* o t h c r Ngembo languzqcs i.s Sorni-h*ntu lnnguoges.
I n t h i s classi-
f i c a t i o n he h s c d hi9 judscncnt cn t h e f F c t tkt:
"
These l a n q a q e s obey t h c first c r i t e r i o n but n o t t h e o t h e r s .
tf4-t while thcy b v c
rl
That r@ns
systcm of qri.mretic?l gender cnd agrfenents aperated
by v a n s cf p r e f i x e s , t h c y show l i t t l e ?r ne r e l a t i o n s h i p @f vocabulaw with
f u l l ilantu lanqucqes-
I n oSdition, t h e y 20 not d i s p l a y even t h e r u A i E s t of
structure f e o t u r e s l a i d down in t h e t h i r d criterim; mre Over, t h e i r vowcl
system is f r e q u e n t l y ccrvlicotec?.
An cxample cf t h i s
wn,,y bc
seen i n P ? W " - - - "3
Since Guthrie's j s s e r t i c n , thcrc hzve been s e v c r c l ottempts a t mcciifying
this clrssificitirn.
&y
L?illicmscn, (19711 Snd Voorhocve t l 9 7 6 ) an? Greenberg
(19631, have thrcuqk a study of
l-.xic;.l i t e m proved th;t
t h e s e Ngembz
languages can be c l a s s i f i e S a s b n t u lanquaqcs1.
S i g i s m n d €belle: 1953: Polyulptto African, Austria.
2.
l k l c c l m Guthrio 1948:
3.
% ~ l c ~ lGmu t h E r i e i n Leroy (1977): PP- 16.
The ClFssific,=,tirn cf %ntu 4msuaqos.
..../-
i
- 16
I
S i m i l a r , i n a rcscnrch on qrsisfielrl languages, the GWG recognised
1
t h e s e Ianquages as Cnntlt lanqu,=ges and thus gave t h e fcllowinq f o u r divisicn:
1)
Ezstern G r a s s f i e l d s r Casilekc, North E a s t , Ngemba and Ncrun.
2)
Henchum
3)
YiGrn
4)
RingThrruqh t h e ohnve F i v i s i c n , %fitYIJS placcd under t h c N g d & Sub-group
of t h e E,-.stcrn G r a s s f i c l d s qrcup.
For t h c sake of this w r k ,
only t h e c l a s s i f i c n t i m c f t h c
concerning t h e Nge-
GZiG
wf
w i l l ZeSent
S u b - g r ~ u ppnc?
also
t h e d i o l c c t r l a d s i t i c n s R B ~by J; Leroy (7977). The GDWG, t h e r e f o r e ,
presenter! t h e fcllowinq c l 3 s s i f i c c t i c n c f d c v e n ( 1 1 ) win h n t u l e n m q e s
of
the NqonSc Subssour,:
NGFSZZ.
JANGUiLGES
2
- 17
-
MunmUn 11 ( anyang, hmundurn 11).
- Aletining
- Eabnji hebe,
(
nath.?.ji)I
1.
A t l a s - L i n q u i s t i q u e d e l ' b f r i q u e Central:
2.
I h i d , DP.
3.
-
J.
1983, PP- 134.
139.
Leroy- 1977, : Ylomhologie e t B L s s e s iimnimles en kznkon; PP.
The ;?!,mea d d i t i o n s by
J-
17.
i n b I a C (1983:362)
Leroy (1977) were ;Sopeed
1
and t h o s e t r e a t e d as Bitlects of som of t h e miiin Ngcmbc kngw,ges. n n t a b l y
&nkcn.
Thus, through t h e rhove, mst r e c e n t , c l F s s i f i c i t i o n of Ngemb:
lnngunqcs, it hes been cst&lishcc' t h r t t h e Ngembn lenguaqes, amopq w h k h
is -7;fut.
;re h n t u longuzqes.
This t h e r c f o r c erises Guthrie (1948)'s
c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of t h e s e lznqunqcs c s semi b t n t u l z n a q e s .
The % f u t lmqu;,qc hts t w m i & d i a l e c t s .
t h e s e d i z l c c t s can be rlividcd i n t c
"irlcct.
cmtr.-l d i < - l c c t Fnr' t h c peripheritl
Accorr'inq t o hfonycn; (1982) t h e c c n t r o l d i a l e c t is spoken in
q u a r t e r s around t h c k f u t pnlrc-..
ZafUt-
i
:-.ccording t o Mfonyom (1982)
Ch
These .qu-.rtors can be req6rPer7 a s l r w e r
the o t h e r hanc?, t k c peripher31 c?ialcct is spoken i n t h e M l l y
v i l l a q e s l i k e : PmJum,Nkwi, k n b ; , Fnc: U x b f l i .
regcrdecl a s unncr 3 F f u t -
I
.
I
Thcse v i l l a g e s can ?x
The l i f f e r c n c c s bctwecn t h e s e l i n l c c t s can h c
found m s t l y a t t h e l e v e l s of phonology m r l lexical
items.
It should be
noted however, tk;t it i s t h e c e n t r a l 6 i a l e c t c h i c h has a higher frequency
of usage & r i n g i n t e r o c t i o n s bctu+zsn t h c n i . t i v c spe?kcrs
12-42:
-
!
E a r l i e r S t u d i e s on thc Epfvt bnquaqes:
I.ccordinq t o N. Nebasinii (1%2:49).
w r i t t e n Ancumcnts,exint on
ntfut
an* the Z a f u t s ranqincj from purc l i t c r a r y m r k s . thrmsfi socioloqical.
h i s t o r i c a l , r c l i q i o n s , p c r i p h e r a l geoqrzphical A e s c r i G t i m x s t o a few lbguist i c docunents.
I n this paper, we w i l l hr*:ever,
m-ke reference only t o .
l i n q u i s t i c rmrks on Zafut, which cre however very l i m i t e d .
T h s %fut lnnqmqe h t s so f r r n o t been pn cbjcct of m c h devotcd l i n g u i s t i c
explornticn.
This might DSTbably ?x?rue t o t h e h c t t h a t s o w neighbowing
%4evbe l m ~ q c s
l i k e k n k m F.n* c t h e r s l i k e 1';etta had ePrlicr a t t r e c t c r l the
attenticn cf'linguists.
Thus t h c l i n q u i s t s p r e f e r t o Zevote enough tire on
and adquate a n a l y s e s of t h e s e l ? . n m q e s b e f o r e breckinq f u l l y i n t o new f i e l d s .
..../-
.
iiccordinqtn Mtaynn (t%2:1ol. Crrozicx (ts-) mentz-
tbt tk!
i
first c o n c r e t e roforenco t o t h e % f u t l n n w a q e vres % d e S9 Knelle (1854).
S i n c e then, n o t m c h b s heen dene on t h i s L-nquaw-
The few works whi%h
focus e i t h e r p a r t i a l l y cr e n t i r c l y on n a f u t i n c l u 8 e those 5 y J. Leroy
i n s ~ n eof v h i c h she t r r c r t s Nqcolbr. tcncs an?
(1977,1979,1980)
n t t c n t i c n t? t h e t c n e n i t t c r n of % f u t nouns in the cib-ticn forms;
Crozier 1980 (e)-(!>)
List ccnt,:ininq
,C h i l m r
znd iC-bcrry (18741, whc provided
3
word
I:;.fut verb i n i m e r i . t i v c form, Drmouns, 2nd Mfrnyam (1982)
whr t r e a t s , cxhzustively thc tone x t t e r n i n t h c crthcqrzphy -f 3zfut.
work. l i K e J . Lercy (1979;'s
sufcific lnnquzqcs
wrk, p a r t l y , p c r r i t t c ? hip, t c r*ivii?c t k : L
%fUt
accorrling t c sphcther t h e y tFkc z i t h e r
to t h e
2
l c w or
-
rx?
i
.
i
,
high tme.
v?lui.hlc Sncumnt on t h i s lancpaqe.
'j
AS
it
.!
its a n k i t i r n
tlc hcpe t h a t t h e p r e s e n t
venture l a i l l ,%so serve i.s p !;,lsis fcr t h e e s t ~ b l i s h m n tof
1L2-4.3:
Mffonynrn's
c?cZrth r f material cn the. -3rfut Lcnqupge, cur Dresent.
resem!l&nce &tween
'
vcrhs i n t h t w c c k s s c s
work, on ti-c r-crentic-syntactic stuey rf t h c % f u t verb, b?s
an ;r:dition
TMs
work ire i n t h c framo Of applied l i n a u i s t i c s
rahcrehy t h c n r i c s protested :.n,' <?i?cptc+ fcr
Owinq
1
I,.
mre ccncrete
T%fut an:? c t h c r Ngcmk. an? even o t h e r 3nntu lenguagcs.
Neiqhbourinq k n s u ~ q c s :
!
r a f u t h-s as its ncighhours s r m W h c r cirassfieln bantu lnnguegcs ~ h i c h
.../-
To t h e north, the bafut l 2 n a ~ 5 eis bnunded by t h e & d a d
language.
The h t t e r 1anqu.qgc is ,-lsn c grassfield h a t u bngui.qc, hut of t h e Mom
Sub-grcup l i k e nett.=S i n c e k-.ncju?qc exists i n a c-ntinuun,
"..-the
princip;l
bafut dialect-
t h e h f c i s spoken hetwoen m;.nkon (913), t c t h e s w t h , an?. munrkni (911). t o
the ncrth-
1.
-
en'
The t i t l e s cf t h c works refered t o , pn t h e hgfut 1enWF;c w i l l
prcsentcd
2.
(my t r a n s l a t i - n )
S.S
Appendix 1 at t h c cnd o f t h i s w r k .
l - t l a s Linguistique de 1'Afrique centrdc, ( 1 9 8 3 ) : pp- 123
1.5
it hczs h e n shcwn ;-have, most of t h e l n n w q o s inmediately nciqhbnuring
b e f u t ?re
~~cJcR.$.
l i n q u i g e s , i n i w r t i c u l ~ r ,while ,-11 of then ?re g r e s s f i e l f l
bzntu lsnguagcs. Due
t n
t h e proxisity
ef
thcsc li.nqui.qe, it is p o s s i b l e ,
t h e r o f c r e , t- rccerd c hiqh deqrea of i n t e l l i g i b i l i t y betezen them. The
Net&
1Pnw:qe
is howcvor cn cxcepti-n.
1.30: D a t a C n l l c c t i n n nnc? method of c n a l y s i s :
In nrPer t o g e t our &ti. of 600 verbs, w e hi? recourse to two p r i n c i o a l
infomnts:
Pa Nkwcti 92rnab;is: Age? n h t 67 years. E@rn an8 hrrvght up i n S z f u t .
H c i s p r e s e n t l y c f,?rner r c s i e e n t i n A Q n t i i n % f u t .
(hgycti is a cyusrtcr
i n L'afut.) It i s through h i s h e l p thzt we wore ,;:>lo, c p c r t from m l l e c t i n g
some of t h e verbs, tc, n l s - m-rk t h e tones on t h e verbs h t h i n their c i t r t i o n
farms i n d t h e i r cnntextucc.1 fcrmsThe second p r i n c i p e l infor-nt
was t h c writer of t h i s w o r k .
All t h c verbs c o l l e c t e d r:re e x c l u s i v e l y b . f u t verbs.
When t h e corpus rf 600 verbs wzs c n n s t i t u t e d , we proceede? t o an m-lysis
of t h e verbs. We used o?rds i n which w e m?e s e v e r a l e n t r i e s .
thcrefrre contzincd c v e r 5 and its t r a n s l - t i n n ,
Each card
and ?n i l l u s t r z t i v e sentence-
we also entered t h e seven i 2 e n t i f i e a suffixes zn2 scntences, through w h i c h
we i l l u s t r a t c d t h e 6 i f f c r e n t s i q n i f i G - t i o n s of t h e s e suffixes-
0.
./20-
Erch verb was pccompanied by
i
R
predfczte frame through which
were able t o determine t h e number of arqwients which ezch verb with or
without ,= s u f f i x , c,in tr;kc i n its s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e - Thrmgh t h e s e p r e d i c e t e
fr,-mesznd acccnpznying sentences, w e were Sble tc b r i n g c u t t h c semTntic
an2 s y n t a c t i c e f f e c t s rf t h e s u f f i x e s on t h e m d i o . 1 o r verb.
Another t z s k , w i t h which w e were confronted, was t h e c l n s s i f i c a t i c n
t h e verbs ?.nd t h e choice of t h e type. of arcjuments necessary f o r t h e
expression n f t h e f u l l meaning of each verb. 1.t t h e s y n t r c t i c level, t h i s
>'
c l a s s i f i c a t i r n wzs hcisicnlly c d i s t i n c t i o n between, t r r n s i t i v e and
intransitive
-
&tt h e semantic level: we had rec-urse to the d e f i n a i t i o n s 5f
C h x ~(19701 i n qrcupinq t h e ver'x i n t c either prccess, s t a t e r r a c t i o n
ver5s. In a f u r t h e r s u + c l a s s i f i c a t i o n
of t h e mrxess~s t a t e 6nd actic.n
verhs i n t o e i t h e r Senef,-ctive, l o c s t i v e "r e x p e r i e n t i a l verhs, w e hased mar
work nn t h o s e of Cook (1979) sd&!mnkey
(1979) These verbs, were f u r t h e r
groupec? i n t o t h e nurber of "plrces" or r r w m e n t s w h i c h thcyoJ?ligatorily r e a u i r
i n t h e i r surf.-ce s t m c t m e s
k f t e r t h e c::nve
-
c l n s s i f i c c ~ t i o n san+. s u b - c l n s s i f i c s t i r n s
w e proceeded
t o a choice of t h e types of nrpuments necessary f o r a ccmplete expressinn
of t h e m c n i n q s
nf
t i e verbs- In t h i s , w e pursued t h e procedures carved
o u t i n C m k (19791, nemoly t h e r m l y t i c procedure and i n t u i t i v e judgement.
These prqcedures conveyed us tc e&*
d i s t i n c t i o n between " p r c p o s i t i c n s 1"
and "ncf21" cases. ~ c m r d i n qt c Conk (1979:w, p r e p o s i t i c n z l cases a r e
those elements which ? r e indispenscble, i n d i f f e r e n t ccuhinatirns, fcr
R
t o t a l understanFinq of t h e v e r b ' s mfaning. Crqk (1979:87) also considers
modal c5ses
structure
ES
options1 e l e n e n t s , n o t inAispens&le f r r t h e verb's s u r f a c e
-
F u r t h e r m r c , w e r l s r nz.de
Z.
d i s t i n c t i o n , ,-ccr,rdinq t o Crnk (1979887). b e t c i n .
"Cvert" 2nd "Covert" c s e s . The f o r m r -re p r o w s i t i c m l e l e n e n t s implied
by t h e verb r.nd w h i c h o b l i q z t c r i l y c p p c r r n t t h e s u r f z c e s t r u c t u r e
Of
the
ver5,; w h i l e t h e 1;tter is. ipplied hy t h e verb but is not indispensable
i.t t h e s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e of t h e v e r b
..JZl-
C~
- 21
~
Thrc'ugh t h e s e
.
~ . ..
.
c ? i s t i n c t i c n s , w e c c n i b l i e e d on fivc m ~ i ncases l n i d d m
i n Cook (1979:87).
These cc'ses a r e : iigcnt ( A ) , Experiencer (E), Senefa-
t i v e (1).O b j e c t (0)and Locztive ( L ) .
Thesc f i v e cases rre Cnck's
reducticn of F i l l m n r c (1969:366)'s i n v e n t c r y of n i n e cas-.
Since
~0
?doptcd
F
sem:>ntic nrdel ?.f cmnmnicitinn, where'-y s y n t a c t i a
s t r u c t u r e s c,-n he c o n s t r u c t c d frm t h e s c w n t i c r d e s t h e verb a t t r i b u t e s to
t h c elemfnts w i t h which it occurs, we thcrefore, through t h e s e cases, c c n s t r u c t a
p r c d i c a t e fr,-rrcs f o r t h e vcrbs
PS
i l l u s t r e t e d i n t h c k h l e below:
The i h o v e t a b l e i l l u s t r z t c s t h e f i v c principii w s c s vh&eh have been adopted
f o r t h i s work.
i i t t h c s-pL-.ctic
level, thesc
hc-vc been r w r e s c n t c c : as NP1,
CFSGS
Fnrc c x p l m ~ . t i n n sf o r a S f t t c r u n d e r s t i n d i n g of t h e a t t r i b u t i o n oftbesf
NF2, o r NP3.
f u n c t i m s ?re rcscrvec? f.x subecqucnt c b p t c r s -
The
p
cnly thc principhl
i n t o consiflcraticn.
are t;kcn
%-?le also shovs thc
Thesc do n o t cxcced t h r e e , rihcn
possible numkr of Crgumnts which
CPSCS
vcrh cpn t,-ke.
.-'JQVC
In the i d e n t i f k - . t i c n of toncs, w e h s c ? our jupgcment Scth m t h e melodic
Fc-ttem of t h e voice d u r i n g t h e prothhcticn of the vfrbs
on t h e o u t l i n e prCVi?:d
cc:nso;quontlv aZoptcc: i n t h e Guise Pour l e D&el@ppcmcr.+_
!:y Mfnnyam (1982) w h i c h w,-s
t w o rcgister tcncs: high (HI cnd l p w (L); m e
(HL)
snr?
t.40
crnf&xr
tones: W s i n q - f p l l i n g
znr? f z l l i n q r i s i n g ( L H ) . I t was n e e a hcwever t h a t t h e s e ccn3xur tnnes were
p r e s e n t only i n the c i t c t i o n f c . r x cf the v e r b s -
Thus. when t h e v e r b wcre Used i n
s i m l e ~ s c n t c n c c sin t h c p r e s e n t ixoqrcqive tense, t h e €iL .tone. w i - s reelised as a
.
..
.
.
.
.
. .,.
.
~
tme w h i l c the LH tone v z s r c a l i s e d es a L t c n c r
.
.
. .
.
.
..
~.
~.~
TMS chanqe t r e i t h e r a H or a ir,
.
.
- 22
hiqh-tonc and loartone
e w t i f i a s Ngnnyaa (lWZ)'si diatinctinn
verbs
-
M t e r c l a s s i f y i n g the vcrhs: a t t h e semantic ?nd s y n t r c t i c l c v e l s ; m k i n g
choice
i,rqunents,idcntifyinq tmw, FnE t h c f 2 c r i v , - t i r m l s u f f i x e s .
nf
pznceedec! t r
P
scr.rch of t h e f u n c t i m : -f t h e s e s u f f i x e s .
I n orCer t o
b c k l e t h i s problem, we h s e ? P a r a n - l y s i s m t h c wcrks cf k m y (1979),
is her t r o a t r w n t
&ch
rf
the suffixes in Yenkon, 8nr' L. Hymn (1%1)'s
eeatxrent cf t h e functirms of d e r i v - t i m c l s u f f i x e s i n Noni.
From t h e s e
works, we were ~ h l et o afscern t h o c,-us,-tive,rcpctitivc , d i s t r i b u t i v e
f u n c t i r n s of t h e s u f f i x e s snffixas,
suffixes
~UE? turner?
xqill
In thc subsequrnt C W t e r s . the.e
V?e p r i l l elso p r c v i l h t h c m&er cf
!x trcFte3. e l & w r t e l y .
of
zz
I.s r c q r d s the p e r f c c t i v e f u n c t i o n of one ? t h e
tr Hfmyec: ( 1 9 8 2 ) -
v e r b Which ?rc =pc.>lo
..
b k i n q t h e v;.rinus suffixes.
T h r 3 u g h e t h e a n a l y s i s nf t h e verS rntl its rrquncntsr we used t h e
sentcncc '.Tec;use ;,ccor-'ing t o rChwmn (1975:229-230).
approach t o wrc%
"....One
is t h c e x p l c r p t i o n
nf
the entities t h i t
zmy
clftcrrdnc t h e use cf w r d s i n m y lrnguage by stuc?ying
be used w i t h thcm...we
t h e i r c e l l o c a t i o n a ;.nd uses".
Thus, through t h e sentencc, we were r h l e t o discover t h e elemcnts w i t h
which t h e verh must occur. These elenents *.re t h e r e f o r e , the c d l l o c a t i ~ ? s ' of
the verb.
u:
Alph&et:
The consonants ,-n? vowels use6 fcr t h i s work are i n conformity with
s n s o n a n t and vowel graphemes presentcd i n Guidc pour l e kV~~OFPemen
t des
kngues ;.fri~ines.L1983t2.1129). The gapheres extracted f r o m the chartr.
-
fallows :
Consonant Graphemes:
b
( - . - ~ r ~ w . ~ )
f
(...fw,mf)
Vowel Graphemes
i
0
=
E
t
..
.
. .
. .
.. .
.
e
../23--
.. .
xre as
-
e
r
. -
i
23
-
.
I
V o w e l Grpphemcs
. .
i
b
a
U
1
m
.
n
. ~ .
. .
3y
3
(...p)
s
sh
zh
f
9h
N o t e s The brz-rrkets a f t e r t h e c n s o n m t gr3phemes c o n b i n d i f f e r e n t r f p l i s r t i c n s
or r e p r e s e n t s t i o n s of t h e wnsonnnts acconqx-nyinq these SrTckets. The gra.-hemes
in t h e b r n c k e t s therefnre i n d i c e t e i n s t a n c e s
G r
of
prlztalisation, lebialisztion
P r e n a s ? l i s i t i o n of t h c m i n grcpheme. The yrsphemes Presented 85ove
A r c
Only those used i n t h i s work. Thus, e i g h t e e n (18) c l i f f e r e n t cons-nnnt
,
4riPhcUleS end n i n e (9) d i f f e r e n t vowel graphemes hzve been used i n t h e a r e s e n t
wrk.
1.5:
P r e s e n t a t i o n of Chapters:
The Present wcrk is divided i n t o t h e f e l l o w i n g chirptersr
L
a a E R 1
A
cm&'ER
: THE F M U T VERD STRUCTURE
f
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
~n
this chapter, w e IV-ve treted: the ~ r p h o l o g yof the
&if*
vcrbs:st the trn.=l s y s t e m of the verbs and s u f t k e a t a term
h t r o n u c t i o n of t h e i d w f i f i a d d e r i v s t i o m l suffixes one
quasi-xb-tive
t r e a t s e n t of fo-1
-../24-
wfftces which is
ac-m'dfd
by adequate illU0trr;tive sentoncod- We
hpve n l s o
trer,t~~?
e b s
which t a k e a hcmrqanic n a s d b e f o r e d e r i v ? t i @ m l s u f f i x e s e r e
E
suffixed. W
e k?ve a l s o t r e c t e d t h e p s s i h i l i t i c s ef t h e cr-ncmrrfpcc
of both form1 rn* PerivFticw-1 s u f f i x e s .
CH12PS?ZR 3 : THE VEW FROk. FA S E E NTIC
- SY".CTIC
VIEWPOI"
This chapter i s rlevnted t o : a c l o s s i f i o , t i o n of t h c verbs
P t
both
t h e s e n e n t i c r n d s y n t a c t i c l e v e l s : a c o r r e h t i o n of t h e vcrbs w i t h
arquments; a c l a s s i f i c c t i o n
p1i.ce.s;
of
t h c verbs acc"rr?in(r t o t h o number of
a chcice of p r o p o s i t i c n - 1 o v c r t c a s e s ?nc?
cl
p r o v i s i o n of tk
d i f f e r e n t sirrole sentence s t r u c t c r e s d e m n s t r - t i n c j t h e s u r f a c e structures
Of
the vcrhs. These s t r u c t u r a l d e s c r i p t i c n s i r o restricted t o tho:
(VP + VP), (NP +VWN? ) and (NPl+VP+N?2+NP3) p a t t e r n s .
1
1
2
c&.m
4 : THE EFFECTS
OF
THE SUFFIXES ON THE
WFCS
This chapter t e n d s t o .k A harmonisation of c h - p t e r s 2 and 3, The
derivsti.ini,l scffixes i d e n t i f i e d i n ch?pter 2 ?re Fffixed t o t h e v e r b
c l a s s i f i e d i n c h a p t e r 3 znc? t h r w g h t h i s cembbimtion, w e 'mve i r t t e R t e d
t o p o r t r c y t h e effects which these s u f f i x e s hive i n changing the
me7nings of t h e verbs Fnd t h e s e n t e n c e p p t t e r n s in w;hich t h e verbs
can e n t e r when t h e y take on t h e s e s u f f i x e s .
TLIE r a m VERB STRXXXRE
After z p r e s e n t r t i o n of t h e %:fits t n d t h e i r isngunge i n t h e preceAff
chpter, we w i l l
&e
the
present cbpter t o the structure of the h f u t 5
'sa
Lfke other :-entu ;.nd .%ntoid lsnguacjes, the %fitv e r b is composed of a rs.dic
and @ne suffix which ciin e i t h e r he l e x i m l o r deriva.tinn-la This t r e n m n t of
the Dnfut very w i l l fi.11d t h i n t h e realms of verb mrpholqy. Thus, wc dl1
present t h e ver!?el morpholoqy of t h e %fit
v e r b f r c m t h e following viewpoints:
s y l l a b i c s t r u c t u r e of t h e verhe
1) '%e
2)
The t c n , - l p t t e r n s cf t h e verbs
3)
The verb radic;.l ?n<. i t s s u f f i x c s
I> clistinzti-n d l l !?e mc?e between l c x i c d or form-1 s u f f i x e s snd derivati-=I-
s u f f i x e s . We w i l l ,-Is0 present i n s t ; n c e s w h e r e a h o m r G m i c n a s e l ccnsmwnt ( f i t h r
-n o r -n)
2-1.0
is ,-ffixec? t o e verb S e f c r c it cm t a k c on c d e r i v a t i o t w l s u f f i x -
The Composition of tbe verb:
i n the
A s disccvcred
art?
m n o s y l l p b i c an< .tisyl&&lc.
f o r this wckk, t h e Z ~ f u vcrbs
t
are prec?@min,-ntly
Thero ?re, howCver, s l s o i n s t i n c e s where we
d i s c o m r e 6 t r i s y l l p b i c v c x h - Thus, from a mrpholo,-ical viewpoint, the %fut
v=!>s have t h e f o l l w i n g a y l l s b i c s t r u c t u r e s .
1) %no-Syllithic
Ver3s:
CV
CVC
cw
2)
PisylLbic verb
L
CV.CV.
CVC.CV
..
. ..
-.
..
,
...
/26-
' '
i
:
I
It wirs a l s o noticed, f r c m t h e di?Lr, thlt some c o n s o m n t s a t t h e i n i t i p l
p o s i t i o n r.f t h e v e r k were f d l o w e d by e i t h e r -w or -ye This
PS
WPS
reci;.r?ed
i n s t - n c e s of l ? h i P l i s a t i m ?nd p r l c t ? l i s r t i o n r e s p e c t i v e l y r n d
cmsnni.nt6 whcre t r e t t e d
PS
SG
s i n q l e nodified c o n s o n m t s rather t h - n
*q
auch
a
sequence composed of two s e p a r z t e consnrmnts-. In t r e z t i n g t h e v e r b wmposition
accordinr; t o t h e s y l l e h i c s e g m n b t i o n of t h e verb, w e w i l l p r e s e n t
"-a
-wh,=t one perceives, during speech, 8s b i n q t h e s m - l l e s t s t r e t c h
of sounds
1.s
I
1.
a
?
,
'I1
(my t r a n s l r t i o n )
sunplcmentrry ar:dition
t o t h e ?3ovc 3 e f i m t i o n . I w i l l add
Wiesmann, Sadenhonor Tadadjcu: Guide Pour l e D6veloppement D e s S y s t & m
D'dcriturc D e s l,-nc,ucs Africaines ,PP.60.
t h a t t h e s v l l r b l e i of k f b t verbs, ccrQrises n nucleus which is usually
a vowel though t h e nasals -m, -n m d -n can plso he syllabic. These
s y l l p > i c s e S m t s5ezi- tones. Tba syll;.:;fe c-n e i t h e r he rcgarded as en
open o r
?
closerf syll&le- r-n open s y l l ? b l e i s one which h-s flo consonant
clement coming a f t e r t h e nucleus vowel while
rl
c l o s e 6 s y l l z 5 l e has s c o n s o w n t
following t h e nucleus vrwelProm t h e a!mve i n f o r m t i o n , it cen be i n f e r r e d t h a t t h e % f u t verb cm
be qroupe5 i n t o t h e seven mrpho1oi;ical p n t t e r n s helow:
20 1.1
t
Pattern
This p a t t e r n is one which i s made up o n l y of
a
s i n g l e r n s o n e n t , which
n n e i t h e r be simle (X,)
o r mo6ififd (Cw) or (CY) From the d P h w e discovered
89
verbs which hr-ve this segmenb.1 ps.ttern.
.
sample:-
Thzse verhs include t h e following
. .
.
G
" t o kick"
y2
nC
"to &-ink"
nYi
*I
n
t o pinch"
" i o excrete"
_I
bi
"to p l a n t "
f
"to
;?i
" t o d r y w i t h fire"
CldEp"
1 _ *
,
2
"to sw,,llau"
ky;:
"to pluck"
.
.
- 27
"to f i g h t "
"to glance"
"to mistzzke somhoc?y
" t o sort"
f o r cnnthcr"
"to @ t c h wzter"
"to under-r;te"
"to poke"
"to f i n i s h "
"to cut"
"te rescmFlle"
" t o louqh"
"to cjrca#f'
"to pass t h e niiiht"
"tc
" t o juw"
"to s l a u q h t c r "
"to 6.,ivc"
" t o sce"
"to snstch"
"tC f;.ll"
"to p e r i s h "
" t o sit"
"to kncw"
" t o hc !>itter"
"tc die"
" t o PGSS"
"tc picrcc"
"tr
" t o crpck"
"to pay"
" t o c;ive 4 i r t h "
"tr,
~'
Jud5inq f r n n t h e s;,mle
. I-r;ve,
lecve"
cstch"
hc-lfi"
it czn :?e seen t k t +i*.the
VWL?YS*-.''
c V-pattern, thc fin-71 vowel. i n t h e i n f i n i t i v c cr i n p c r p t i v e forms, of the
verL, u s u d l y c\?ri-icsc i t h c r a f e l l i n , ; ( 1 an<
C V
2.1.2:
2
risini; toncsW.
c Pattern.
This p c t t e r n prosupDoses thst t h e ver!:
has the sequence
C
1
VC
2
This
P a t t e r n i s hnwever noticed nniy i n sentences en? effects mostly verbs which
end w i t h 3.n
-
a which corns cithcr n f t e r
m or n
-I
t h e r e f o r e d e l e t e d i n t h e pronuncizticn of t h e verbr
2 0 Verbs were Ciscovered w i t h t h i s !Icb.vicur.
Ver%
In sentences, t h e
From t h e &tc.
w i t h this P a t t e r n ere
r@PreoenteAby t h e f o l l m d n g samples:
S h $
"to dry''
1+&3
"to mise"
s
w
"to pull"
yo&-.
"to
tsh2
.'to b o t ' '
t nz
"to h l c w "
..../-
- a is
fCllOw"
:
rl
.Y
-
k
-
" t o sex"
'r
n+qa
"to trample"
"to count"
sw+
" t o scy"
sin;
"to sc; tter"
tam.
"to dery"
1%
"to l i c k "
k&$
" t o fry"
n$
"tc suck"
&mp
" t o shoot"
ts3&
$
2%
In order t o i l l u s t r ; . t c
whzt b s heen s a i d i n t h e i n t r o d u c t i m t o this
s e c t i o n , I w i l l use t h e f o l l w i n q s i n p l e sentencest
Ius s*
gtsml
"I am drying
&&'a
nd shhq
R
cloth"
"I a m p u l l i n r j a cloth"
&. t s h n ,ltsh'8
"I an k n o t t i n g a cloth"
& s+
"I nr. countinq man-y"
&>h
k i n rnhh
I&
"I am fryincj me&"
From t h e ilbov? scntnnces, it can he r c - l i s e d th-t t h e fini.1 vowel
- a is
delctcrt when t h e vcr!,s zre use3 i n sentcnces, or c?urinc speach.
P r t-t-e r n .
-
2.1.3:
C V V
T h i s n c t t e r n presupnoses t k t t h e verb
is made up of c cr:nson?nt an.' t x o vm~e1.si n t h e
frcm t h e d;.tz t h , i t e3 vcr3s have a C V V
follawinq
which is monosyllabic
SC'W
svllahle.
morphclosical s t r u c t u r e .
"to pcelbshane, scmpe"
" t u be tired"
qhhZ
" t o npc,:k"
" t o horrow
YG
" t o sin@'
"to stroll"
ShGh
"to i n v i t c "
" t o pull
b&
"to htf"
"tc otrcek"
k.&
" t o !:cot"
"to co-k (for
bii
" t o agree"
"to fetch"
" t o suck i n "
"to spin"
,'
-.
.:
-
?&-<
"to sneak away. t o
SDW"
"to chew"
"to loosc"
*tc unhook"
.../-
ZS 7
&-bit'*
Off"
I \
s
The
s , ? q l c of t h e verbs
k
swii
We l i s c o v c r e d
i
long tix)"
-
29
\
"to lock
wto
yuu
huy"
"to pick up"
" t o he s h n d i n q "
tae
.\
!
azw.4;
r 1
jl
qii
+
" t o 'break thrucouyh"
h2 2
'*to moul8"
"to bare ( t h e t e e t h ) "
fwii
" t o roof"
" t o refuse"
.L C- C,.
"to niiil"
"to l i f t "
t w i;
r .
Ail
'' ',
nK
..
"to t w i s t "
;\
tSWiE
C V.
2.1.4:
C V
L
.
"to t r i m "
Pattern:
This ?pttern presupposes th-t t h c vcrL is c?isyll?'-ic with t h e p a t t e r n
C
V C V
1 1 2 2
-
An n n c l y s i s cf t h e n e b , for t h i s wrk, showed t h a t thcrc w c r e
314 verbs xgith t h i s s t r u c t u r e d
Samples of these verlrs -re as follows:
" t o spork"
" t o play"
"to speedy
" t o show"
"to rnrst"
"t@
hit"
" t o scolrl"
"to t.lent"
" t o clry"
"to rmrk"
" t o ?>urnout"
- t o weed"
"to whither"
" t o t a p wine"
" t o leak"
"to take'
"to qlov"
" t o contri'-Ute"
" t o cry"
" t o lose"
" t o wail"
" t o CultivFte"
" t o quack"
" t o weave"
"to take"
C V C
2.1.5:
.
T k i s p:-ttern
C V : Pzttern:
i s the
oris
imaodintcly rbove, concerns EJkylhbic V b -
I n such v e b s , t h e first s ~ l l a X c
has
ble has
C V
1 1
pattern.
J
C V
11.2
pattern w h i l e the second SYuh-
We r e n l i s e d , from the data, t h a t t h e r e were 18 verbs
k v i n g this n o r p h d o g i c a l pattern.
.
.
These verbs include t h e follauins:
"to suckle"
h'n$
" t o make an appointment"
dzqsa
" t o hold c?olmwzrc?s"
sh;l?n$
"to orgue"
dz+y$
"to confuse"
ti&
"to iirrmqe*t
tc;.t.$
"to r o l l "
n;q&
t,
,
A
"to confer d t h .
- -"
*
A
"to t i c k l e "
" t o mkc sonethinc; rnunr?"
qiqsa
"to creep"
y w i q 6 "to try'*
tinn$
"tc b e t t e r "
tsb&
" t o whisper"
$,?ea*-
"to tantplize"
5 r+sz
A
"to cppease"
" t o l c y 2wn"
tSb&
"to 10s''
Judyini: f r e n tk verl.s &ove,
the C V C
.C v
11c
1 1
it c.,n ! e seen t h t t t h e T?.fut verbs with
momholc?qiczl s t r u c t u r e sre those v e r b which hzve lcpiwl- These
suffixes; 3s it w i l l !,e realisec3 k t e r on i n t h e cnnrsc of t h i s work, a r e an
inscp~r:tile n z r t of t h c vcrb.
verb's
2.1.6:
They cEn t h c r c f o r f not
1-.e
Pcletec? from t h e
s t r u c t u r e with t h e verh still beinq m a n i n s f u l .
C V V.
C V
Pzttcrn
Like t h c verbs i n 1.1 -4 anrl 1.1 -5 abcve, t h e :,:fut
mSrpho1oqic;l
s t r u c t u r e c r e 3 i s y l l a b i c verbs.
verbs with t h e C
i
c v
V..
The f i r s t s y l l a b l e i s u s u a l l y
tw2 vnt.els.
COWnsec? of one i n i t i a l s y l l , - h i c consoa-nt which i s f o l l o w d by
Second is ccn?possd of s. consnnpnt on2
v
The
vowel i n t h . - t ord.er* hn a n a l y s i s of khe
Q'Q put i n t o r e l i e f 32 verbs d t h t h i s s t r u c t u r e .
Samples c ? f t h i s type of
Verbs cre PS follo\ys*
" t o purcje"
f&nsa^
"to s q u i n t "
"to crucify"
b++ns$
"to r;isc
"to
Sibs;
"to bic? eomcne gcodhye"
"to p u t sccross
fAitS
"to sep*r;te"
"to hiee oneself"
m';kc$
" t o touch"
"to sturrhle
k&61$
<
"to rumple"
..
SlxlTt"
inst"
I++.&
" t o s p y on"
..J-
"to txrsp"
frnm t h e groun5."
i
fains:
"to cbse hotly"
lAAn&
"to level"
''to i s p e r s a w
b&
" t o g e t up"
I ,
ywiin;
" t o becr fruits"
k&na
I'to revive"
The verbs above show th-t t h e C V V
. cv
xmrpholc+c,-.l
p s t t e r n of t h e
aafut verhs occurs only when t h e f i r s t s y l l r b l c of t h e verb h ~ s3 lonq wwl.
It shoulfi a l s o he noted t h , - t t h e secon3 s y l l a h l e is cowosccl p a r t l y of
suffix
ldeai
which is sepercte" from t h c l m c ; vowel of t h c first s y l k h l e by
an i n s e r t i c n of
9
hcrmncj-nic n?s,-l, e i t h e r -n-
nr-n-,
as t h e case may be,
between t h e lrncj vmel one? t h . . sewn<: "r finat s y l b b l e of t h e verb w i t h t h e
C V V
C V morpholoqical pnttem. I n s t r n c c s where
insertcc? beeqeen t h e verb r,-c'ical nnr'
treatment of the C7eriv;tionz.l
is
t h e s u f f i x w i l l he i l l u s t r o t e d i n t h e
s u f f i x e s I - t c r cn i n t h i s worki
C V. C V. C V. P c t t c r n .
2.1.7:
/.
a hcrmg,-nic -sal
Unlike t h e mrmhploqiccl pilttcrns of t h e + f u t v e r b alrecdy trectec?
above,which cencerncc? t h e s t r u c t u r e s of aS.%bxmonosyilr?bfc
As the p a t t e r n inclicctes, eech s y l l & l c i s =-de
VoWel-
UP
of
<-
o r d i s y l l & i c verhs-
consonant mc? a
VJc Sisc.ovcrer7 30 verbs with t h i s mrphclogic,-l p*.ttern. Amng t h e s e
lk&.g
1>ha^" t o hide"
"to sprain"
e ( -
tswa'ata"tc
Like t h e v e r b i n 1.1.6
W t t e r n end w i t h c
.
he s m r t "
alrwc?y t r a n t e " ;Mve t h e verbs with t h e CVtC~,.CV
.
forrrd s u f f i x -
thc f o r m 1 s u f f i x of t h e verbs ,-hove ccnn@k ?E
Like t h e verbs i n 1.1.6,
deleted with t h e verb
s t i l l m i n t a i n i n q its oriczinrl necning.% f t e r t r w t i n q thc mrpho1nr;icrl
s t r u c t u r e cf thc k f u t verbs I w i l l t c r s c l y Drerent t h e tom1 system
of
the 7Ffut verb.
The Tonel System cf the vcrhs:-
24.0:
i. mrrc e l r h r n t c w r k on t h c tonnl systcr? of t : T F f U t
Seen done ?>y kfcnyam ( 1 W 2 ) .
noun
ZG
In t h i s w r k . he treats t h c t o n c l system of
u d i as v e r b s t r u c t u r e s by plzciny t k s c wcrbl c l a s s e s i n the
I
context of sentences en? 3rcwincj some conclusims cf ton21 b e h - v i w r within
t h i s context.
I n s p i r a t i n n f c r t h i s s e c t i o n is lercjely c?rrwn, t h c r c f c r e ,
from Mfony<:m (1982) ?.ne .-,lsof r o m observrtions we i;,-therec' f r o m t h o data
fcr this work.
Yhen blfcnycm &+z&&he
v e r k i n t o scntenccs, he made
t
d i s t i n c t i o n Ixtween hi:;h t o n e 2nd l o w t r n e verbs-
- Concerninq hi.jk tone verbs,
he scys tk-t the l a s t syllPhlc of cach
hiqh tone vcrh bf,-rs '- hiyh tone (H).
H e t h c r e f o r f presents t h e f o l k w i n q
-
Patterns :
H
+
suff-----
f H
-H
: T h i s is f o r m n o s y l l e b i c vcrhs which t e k c
on
HH
+ suffix
G
------'+
- E : This
suffixis f o r d i s y l l a b i c v e r b which t a k e on
c suffix.
- Concerninq low tone verbs,
last s y l l a b l e s hear a mid tone (I?).
which ccn he s c h e n a t i z e d thus:
Mfonyam consi~erst h e m >s those wh%e
H e accordinsly presents a StruNCre
lis it
has a l r c a d y been mentioned zbove; this pi:ttcrn was o h t a i n d i n
ilut t h e c i t i t i c n f n r w of t h e verbr
sentences.
mnife+sd
the
.'.
..
seen from thc &=.t?.,
p c t t e r n s whcrcby ,;11 t h e ver3s h-vc
m
A f i l l i n r j tonc ; t t h e i r f i n a l s y l l & l c :
k ~ sa hiqh or ,- lor,, tonc.
ES
i
.
risinr;
whcthcr t h e preceedinq s y U r b l e s
"ut m n n s y l l n b i c verbs, i n t h e i r c i t t i c n form
p.nP which enc2 with z s h o r t v m ~ e l , c r r r y c i t h c r
r i s i n g tone on the f i n - . l vc-rielwith e i t h e r t h e fFllinq-risinq
:
risinq-f.;llin:;
oz
i.
frlling-
We notcd, howcver, thzzt when t h e v e r b
cf t h e r i s i n ~ f + - . l l itones
n~
were
use?
in
scntenccs, thcsc t o n e s were reilisc2 n s h w (L) Fnr? h i g h tones r e s p e c t i v e l y
TWS chiincjc, it sh3uld ?Enotcrl is m r p h n l o q i c a l Pn? n o t phonolocic?.l, and
cm bc due eithcr t o t c n s c or tb.e marl i n which t h e vcrb i s USCC- Cmcerning
t h c tense, I w i l l l i k e tr; nenticn t h t t h e c k n q c incury& by t h k s e t c n e s
.- ~ 7 . sZrrived
.:t w k n t k c vcrhs w e r e e e d
in
t h e s i n u l e proqressive tense.
Prrm t h e forcqcinq onclysis, it ccn fr inferreA t k t t h e T.rfut verb
L-.s two b z s i c r e g u l a r t n n c s :
U g h an? lq? tones which can be occom-enied
5y e i t h e r a r i s i n c j rnc? f c l l i n q cr ,- f<-.llingCnc. risincjkone i n t h e c i t a t i o n for-
of t h e ver!m-
The above phenomena w i l l hr i l l u s t r r t e d in t h e f d l c w h q
sections.
2.2.?:
High Tone Verbs:
w e w i l l bcrrrnw t h e t e r m "hicjh tones" €r?m t,:fnnyam (1982) but w i t h t h e
m.lific,-tion th-t thcso verbs Po not k:vc
ES
P:fonym !>ri?sents t h e m .
a h i s h tpnc on t h 1 s t s y l l a b l e
In crc?er t c make t h i s l c ! d ,-&.ptable t o the
P r f s c n t wcrk, we w i l l say tk7t "hicjh tone" acrh, i n t h e i r c i t ; t i n n
c r c those which h:ve
F
fcrm
hir:h t c n c i n 711 c t h e r s y l l c b l c s exccpt t h e 1:st
s y l l c b l e which h7.s c. r i s i n q rLn? f - l l i n c ; tcnc. Tkis p s t t e r n w i l l be schenpl.
t i z e d thus:- 8-8
HL for t r i s y l l a b i c v e r 5 s -nd H
1% f o r d i s y l l a b i c verbs.
-
-
It s h o u l l h nc,ted tk-t t h e hyphen betwe-
sir;nific;tinn
t h e lc%ls h:s ne C r t h r c j r r P h i C
h e r - . It is j u s t t o p t tk risinG-fellinq
s y l l a b l e . into relicf.
..
*.
./-
t c n c , cf t h e f i n d
. - _.
34
nplcs of v c r h w i t h t h c E-H- m . p c t t e r n ?re i s presenter3 below:-
HI!
1)
-
HL : p a t t c r n :
r+r+s$
" t o &-.n.llc w i t h
n&;
"to r a i s c t h c ~ - c k : s h o u l < e r s "
k+r+G
c
bW+'+Sa^
"to 2eccive"
kS.r+s;
" t o encircle"
z+,^
2)
I3
"t c I i s t c n "
"to 8cstrr.y"
t. 'I. sa
" t o rortq,-.c;e"
FL p c t t e r n .
twis2
" t o Dostpone"
kwi&
"to
Y+G
" t o I-.c s e l f i s h "
.
hiqh tone i n
2
,?
help"
tWM
'to rcr?!,ccll"
tS"LS2
"tr: sna.tch"
In order ts j u s t i f y t h c f;ct t h i t
to
t o mprk"
t3.nq+p*
-
CFrc''
t h e risim:
Gnir
f 7 l l i n q t n n c is c c n v e r t f d
scntcnce cE t h c p r e s e n t pro-;rcssive t e n s e , t h c fc,llowins
i l l u s t r a t i c n s ;re provide:
1)
H H
2)
H
- IEL:
- HL
n . ~&r-isg
<
: ma k&t&
ns
**I
+m h - n a i n r ;
"I
p
pl-.n w i t h c F ~ r c "
zm h e l p i n s you"
Ls it is n 7 n i f c s t e e i n thc sentcnccs ?%vel t h e risin5-f?llinc; tone
kst sylls."le h-s been ccnvertcc? i n t o
i
cf t h o
b i * h tone, thrcugh a r q r e s s i v e
a a s i n i l it i r n .
2.2.21
b
t M Q
Verbs:
--
W e w i l l once narc borrow from Hf0nya.m (1982)'s notion of thc low
verb, but w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g m A i f i c a t i c n .
%-.t t h e low tonc verb,
c i t e t i o n form, h7.s p r i s i n q - f p l l i n q tone, instc:d of
P
tOnE
itS
nrir' tonc on its final
"to sline"
"to Cjrcet*
"to show"
"to
WTitCU
"to wedqe"
"to tuck"
"to
rp
out"
"to qui&"
"to throw"
" t o bake in psh"
When t h c &ove verbs were use5 i n scntenccs w i t h t h c p r c s c n t proqressive
tense, it
WSS
retlisen
the r i s i n g
thqt
-
f z l l i n c j t o n e l?cconos a l o w t c n e , as
i l l u s t r a t e d bc1cw:-
- KL: IF?; tsi*itb no
1
1)
~t
2)
L. M:
EL%
..'
"I am g e c t i n q you"
..
t+?n+qqt.*
Once more, thrmxqh
.
I am wec?cjing
3
p k n b i n plant"
process of r e j r e s s i v e cssimilption, the r i s i n g -
f a l l i n g tone has heon convertefl i n t o
E
low tone.
It should once mre %
nOecd th-t t h i s lcw t o n e has a m r n h o l o q i c r l r e t h e r t h s n a nhonoloqira1
motivztion.
Thus, thc m a n i n s of t h o verb is n o t mdified i n cny way by
the tone1 c k n q e .
2-2-3: Risinq-Fc-.llinq rnd F n l l i n c r R i s i n y tone v e r h :
As it
hzs a l r e a d y haen m n t i o n e d i n s e c t i o n a
2
.
0 dmve, the r i s i n g -
f a l l i n s end f a l l i n g - r i s i n q tone p a t t c r n s are peculiar of nunosyllabic verbs
*zhich on8 w i t h
T
short syllnble.
in the
1,s
cEsc6
of noCLified tones nbnvg
these tones, w i l l chnnqc t o e i t h e r high o r low tones when t k c V e r b s zre
be
in s-tences
w i t h thc p r e s e n t p r o q r c s s i w tense-
Wrhs which i1lustr;tc these
tone partcmz-
...
J-
The f o l l a i i n g a r e
- 3§ Rigin9
1)
- F a l l i n g tone:
A
)u
tsvI.2
"to holcl"
tG
" t o pzy"
azwl
"to :;ive b i r t h "
.*
& kk
"to sort out"
tw:
" t o crack"
k8
" t o c;tch"
kw$
" t o <if"
zh?
" t o knov"
Fellin;?
2)
- risinq
tone:
V
dz:
"to u n d c r r ; t e "
1:
"to
V
wa
13iVC"
" t o slnuqhtcr"
wyr,
"to
fF11"
:
"
1
" t o he h i t t e r "
tsy;
"to r;pss"
The verbs c h w c a r e only s a m l e s of mnosylLahic v e r b w i t h e i t h e r
r i s i n q - f r l l i n q o r a f,;llinq-risslnq
When these ver%
incurre?!
Ere
t o m , which were found i n t h e dzta.
used i n sentences, t h m c is
hy t h c vcrhs.
3
Thus, t h e risinq-f?llinq
while t h c f . - l l i n q - r i s i n q t o n e bcccnes a. low tone.
cl
mor=hc;loqicnl c b n g e
tone !xcores
<-
high tone
These s i t u c t i o n s
*re illustr.:.teA 2s fnl.lnws:Verb i n c i t r t i o n
i
1 Sleanincj
form
1:
/
t
2:
t'
z
tsw;
t o hold:
ma t s d nX
I ET: holding you.
tii
to
n& t i nX
I ec.neyinq you.
t p pr'ss
&
I am p s s i n g -
t o unc?or-rate
<
:
m. ?zi
PRY
i
V
tsyz.
az4:
2
T
r
Sentence i n t h e i w e s e n t &.=ninq
nroqressive t e n s e
t o lcnve
tsyj
Ir,: l b
I
...../-
v
RO
I am unser-rating
you.
.&I
ZL= lezvinq-
!
- 38 he simplex rzc%cpl i s %.?e up of secpc5nts which are t h e s a m
.?E
cithtx
one or the other of t h e s e p e n t s ic?cntifierT i n t h i s work as a 5erivationi.l
suffix.
“he fiiffercnce herc l i e s , however, i n t h e f ? c t t h ; t
t h e f i n e l seqr-rnts
This
of the r a ? i c ? l modify t h e verS n e i t h e r s e m n t i c z l l y nor s y n t c c t i c a l l y .
s i t w t i o n w i l l Re ifiscusscfl i n t h c s e c t i o n s th-t follnwThe % d i c p l
2.3.2.0:
It wrs r c p l i s e d
+ Suffix:
from t h e d,-tz, f o r this w-rk,
t h s t t h e r:dic;l
mrt
the i k f u t v e r b can t e k e on ,?om s u f f i x e s which tend t o cnhsnce c i t h c r
s e n - n t i c o r s-yrtpctic moclificstion n f t h e verhs.
rF
3.
T . s it w i l l 3e seen i n
C b p t e r 3 , t h e s e n n n t i c e f f e c t of t h c d e r i v i t i o n r l s u f f i x e s is th7.t they c;.n
e i t h e r incrc;se
o r rci?ucc
t h e numhx of i r m m e n t s which t h e verb t,-kes;
they can :Is0 chanqe t h e vcrbs i n t c e i t h c r r c t i c n , iirncess o r st,-te vcrhs;
thirc?ly, t h e s e s u f f i x e s csn hrinr.; z r.o.’ifie.‘
s y n t z e t i c ver5s c,-n chenqc i n t r < - n s i t i v e ver’s
verse; the*< c2n ~ l s oictdcZlcc
Perivc n w wcrE
merninc; t o t h e verh-
i n t o t r < - n s i t i v n verbs ZnZ v i c e
a c,-us?tive element i n t o t h e
in
o r even
clzsser: from the v c r b s -
1.
Malcolm Guthric (1970) : Conparative Zantu, Volumc I , pp- 1 4 -
2.
Ibi?.
I.s alro,:’y
rfcntione? w r l i c r , t h c s i n l e x r,:,Sical cm have
s i m i l a r t o t h - t of zn
rekc
i:
ht t h e
extcnee6. rdic71.
i.
structure
I n such czses, it is neccssary t c
$ i s t i n c t i o n betureen th&se cnr:in:~s in terms of tyws - T h u s , I w i l l s2y
th-t t h i s ‘ i n t i n c t i - n
w i l l be h ~ ~ c on
c i t k c frue:icment whether t h e s e eni?inqs
of !loth s i m l c x r c d i c r l s ;nd extenc?er? r 9 5 i c i l s Zo o r
$0
not mci-ify t h c verb
I n m-kin;i this juciqemcnt, I w i l l . take
e i t h e r sclr,;nticilly csr synti.ctiGlly,
recourse i n t h e works c ~ fsow l i n q u i c t s The t y ’ e of s u f f i x e s which rm.?ify t h e Zc.fut vcrhs h-.ve Z-ecn l i f f c r c n t l . y
r e f e r r e 5 t i as “dcrivcd s u f f i x e s ”
1
o r ? s “ c l ~ s s - c ~ n q i n g * *s2u f f i s e s . ~ b s c
are t h e t F c of s u f f i x e s ’ which will 3ttr;ct m x c s t t e n t i o n i n t h e p r e s e n t
sfmantic Zn$ syntectic stuev cf t h c S f u t verb-
...*/-
-
39
-
the o t h e r hand, t h o s e s u f f i x e s which
clo
n o t mclify t h o vcrhs i n m y 9 ~ y
also heen v;.ryingly r c f c r r e d t o by l i n r p i s t s i s : "forr,-l ' s u f f i x c s "
o r "cltss-maintpinin::
suffixes"
4
or " l e x i c a l s u f f i x e s "
lexical s u f f i x e s , Hgxun s.?.ys t h . t they
"those which occur on
2, verb
5
3
Writincj &out
G r e
fern h u t
r??
n o t c o n s t i t u t e a separate
moanindul part".
From t h c ~ ' m
d c f i n i t i c n , we cpn mrrelptc l e x i c r l s u f f i x e s with those s u f f i x e s
which form F.n inacpnr;hlc
p t r t of e c n q d c x r a ? i c r ~ l i n 2 r f u t .
t o thcsc l c x i c - 1 cr fer-1
s u f f i x e s , one can .put t h e .'erived
I n oppositic-n
suffixes.
For
t h e s o k c of t h c p r e s c n t work, w e w i l l % i n b i n t h e fr,llrwinq tcrm i n
t r e p t i n c the s u f f i x e s :
1)
Derive3 s u f f i x :
This is tk.t s u f f i x which c i n mr1.ify t h e verb d t h a
cer?intic,.lly fir synt;.ctic.
2 ) For&-.l
suffix:
T h i s w i l l rcfcr t c t h c s u f f i x tI1t has no m d i f y i n u
c-ffcct nn t h e verb.
In 2 a f u t as in Fenkcn (Leroy , 1979) t h c s u f f i x c s
-sa, -be
-na, ;nr? -k?were foun.' 2s h3vinq t h e szm rcc;nina.
further cmlcinoP i n C h m t c r 3 wc discovcrcc: t h - t
3
This w i l l he
I n ePcIition t c thesc s u f f i x c s fcunCI i n %nkon,
thcre nlso cxistrr? t h c c l e r i n t i o n n l s u f f i x c s -m, -la, and
+ur;licsticn of t h e verb.
k r c s p c c i f i c i l l v t c Zefut, w c d s o fiiscnvcred
thcra wcrc forrc.1 s u f f i x e s vjhich hc8 t k c si.:?. -ss, - t a r -na SnP kn
zs t h c ? e r i v a t i n w l s u f f i x e s -
thct
structure
I. tcrsc p r c s e n t c t i o n of these s u f f i x e s w i l l he
W?e i n t h e fc1lnuin.i s.cctions.
1-
hrry Hmn, (1981): Nnni Gram>.tic.-l S t r u c t u r e , PP.
34-
Anzlyzinq Enqlish: I.n
-. Intrr,c?uctiCn t c Descri-tivc
Lin&stics,
PP. 102.
177.
3 . Jzcqucline Lcrcy i n Le V e r ? s ?;.ntr,u, PP. 126
4. How-rd J,-ckscn
Xhil.
5. h r r y HW.n ( 1 5 ~ 1 ) Ibie.
2
kwzrfi Jcckson
-
h- hrry H m n (19dl) I b i l .
---,
!
- 40
Leroy (1979) t h c f i r s t four of t h c s c s u f f i x e s were found in Kwkon,
III
and 2s it will Fe r G i . l i s c ? i n the course of t l i s wnrk. t h e s c s u f f i x e s have
the same n r t n i n q i n Cpfut as presented i n Leroy (1979)-
O u t of t h e 600
v e r k which form thr. hrsis of t h i s study, sora t o r k on all of thcsc s u f f i x =
while:
others took on e i t h e r one o r t h e o t k r of t h e s u f f h -
h n d , ~ 1 t1h c k f u t verb tFke t h e
-ma
2erivcd s u f f i x .
On t h e other
I n t h e terse p r o
s e n t a i r n of t h c m,-ninc;s of these suffixcn, snm reswns will >a cvokerl t o
exnlein why
ii
ver!> c,-n t a k e on one of t h e s u f f i x e s tnd n c t t h e othcr.
these mffixes, we w i l l slso i l l u s t r a t e s i t u c t i o n s vrhcreby
I n preseutiaq
a homry,-nic msel, e i t h e r -n-
c,r
- 3 - i s inserted k t w e e n t h c simple x
r i P i c i l .-nr' t h c fierive4 s u f f i x .
2L3.2.1.1:
The -Q Axive.1 s u f f i x :
I n t r e ; t i n r : the -ti clcrived s u f f i x i n t h i s s c c t i c n , we w i l l m l y c.ivc a
brief
presen%-tir,n cf t h i s s u f f i x .
T. imrc c x k u s t i v e t r e i . t m n t , which
will
m r t r e y t h c s c n n t i c ,-nP s;mt,-ctic i m l i c s t i o n of t h i s s u f f i x , is rcscrve? f o r
Chs.ptcr 3 .
G u t of t h c 600
t o b v e this s u f f i x .
eiminutive
1-
verhs uscii f o r this wcrk, 330 of them w e r e
T h i s s u f f i x was founr? t o hzve three imlictti-ns rmmely
rcpctitivc, qumtitztive
DIIJNUTIVE
faun,?
-
-ta:
Ne rc;liscd
th-t 314 verhs can t;ke t h e
-ta rlfminutive s u f f i x .
This
4%
-
+.a:
3) 0ISTXI;UTIVE
xhcn this ckriveil s u f f i x is n f f i x c e t c
r7
s i m j l e x r.v?ical, it shows
th-t ;ctim falls cn i n d i v i d u a l s rr .: qrnun of i n ~ ' i v i 8 u n l s who form r l n r q c r
It
thc
o x d . c i t e t mrc i n Chaotcr 3.
This s i t u i t i c n v i 1 1
group.
ksls
rliscoverea, f r c m the A i , t i , ,
-k?aerived s u f f i x -
c+n !.c s u f f i x e d w i t h
This s u f f i x when s u f f i x e d t c the verb rsr'iatcs
friaowins menninqs : Y i s t r i b u t i v e r
Weity.
t h p t 3G8 ver!x
r e p e t i t i v e , q u a n t i t a t i v e and
This s u f f i x w i l l hc b r i e f l y vresentcd kcre ss
e l r b o r c t e b e c t n t f n t in C&:,pter
:-
spn-
Drcluec t o a lmm
The -kg ilcrivc? s u f f i x o n t h e r e f o r e
3.
"c
treater: *s:
-
1) " D i s t r i h u t i v c
11
ka:
O u t of t h c 388 verhs which were d i s c o v e r d t o r c c c i v c t h c
suffix.
manning-
3 2 0 of t h e n were frunrl t o r c c c i v e t h c -ka s u f f i x with c d i s t r i b u t i v e
When this s u f f i x i s ac:fie2 t o
e c t i o n s are &ne
p
verb. it shrws t h ; t s e v c r d similc-.r
;t different tims; cr tlvt t h e s , - a i c t i m is ?one by
C i f f e r e n t pccnle rr qrmms rf perplo a t t h e sane t i m .
the
-ka derived
-ko d i s t r i 3 u t i v e c,-n therefore be s u m k r i s e r ' FS:
"one i ; f t ~ rt h e rtb.er" or z t " d i f f e r e n t tines".
These f u n c t i c n s of
"scpcr;:tlcy",
or
In t h i s l,-st function, the
-b ?isteiJ.uti-a f u n c t i o n : is siril+r t o t h e repetitive
- to-
Thc d i f f e r e n c e k r e , however, is tht
. .
t h e r e p e t i t i v c n e s s r f -tc i s continueus, while w i t h thc -kr 2 i s t r i b u t i v c s c f f i x
.
.
it is s u q c e a t d th-t thfrc: i s
i
i
%tween t h e first cxccutir7n of an rcticJn
c;.&?
<-.no t h c su5scquent e x c c u t i r n nf t h e si.m r c t i m .
2 ) Xepctitive -ka
20 v e r b wer6'discovered to recdve
It wr's cliscovcred frcm t h e r k t ?
t h c reMitLvc
.-& rTcriv&i s u f f i x .
When
-er>*smf-ninq is mfiificd t o sucic:e*thi.t
continurusly.
E
verb t,-kes cm t h i s
.#uffiX.
the
a n , - c t i r n i s dmc sevcrr.1 ti-
This -kc s u f f i x is, t h c r c f o r s s i n i l c r in fv(icticn Fo.the
. ./-
. ..
.,,,,
. . .,,
..
. .
- -a2
repetitive + p r e s e n t e d
above.
-
The meaning of the repetieive -kk w i l l there
fore be represented i n i l l u s t r z t i v e s e n t e n c e s as:
" s e v e r a l times"
01
"time
and ac;zin" o r " s e v e r a l thinqs".
3) Spontzneous
- ka.
This, derived s u f f i x , when ndded t o a verb i n d i c a t e s t h r t t h e a c t i o n
sugqested by t h e verb is crpohle of goins on without the n s s i s t z n c e of an
W e 2iscoverod from t h e r b t a th-t o u t of t h e 388
e x t e r n a l r q e n t i v e force.
verbs with the -% derived s u f f i x , 16 of them suggested spontaneitywhen t h e sponkneous -ka is zffixed t o
'Fhus,
verb,we w i l l qive it t h e meaningr
c-.
AS it w i l l be r e c l i s e d k t e r on,the sfontcneous -ka has t h e
"by itself".
same function,-1 meninq i . s t h e cpontcneous -m4)
d u m t i t s t i v e -ke:
[.!e r e c l i s e d frorr. t h e B;tC
t k t 20 verbs o u t of t h e 388, which permit
t h e u s e or' t.he -ka derived s u f f i x , L ~ V C
c q u a n t i t c t i v e function.
i n d i c g t e s t h - t therc i s
2.
This
k r q e number of o h j e c t s which -re referred to o r
which cre cffectcc? Fly t h e a c t i o n effected by t h e ? g e n t o r s u h j e c t of the Veri?.
When t h i s suffix is used- on
zs i m l y j l l g "sevcr.-l.
.'I
a.verb.
.
Thcrcfnre. it would be r q r v d e S
or '%any-.".
From t h e forcqoinq n r z . l y s i s , it c r n ?c inferrcc' t b t t h c -ka derived
s u f f i x cm r c d i a t c f i v e A i f f c r e n t mpninqs.
Thcsc m a n i n q s have &en
qroupc2 c!.ove i n t b e hc~-dinqs: "DbrOtrihutive -ka", " r e p e t i t i v e -ka:
"Simltaneous -kat', 'Spontzneous
of t h e d&r -Is0 sh-d
-kq" an8 ".2ucntit.?tive -kc"
-
An analvsi.5
. .
t h , - t thcre w ~ . s,-nother derived s u f f i x , s a , whach
elso mdifies e i t h e r t h e syntectic or s e R - n t i c quu,.litv of t h c verb t o
which it is e f f i x e d .
This s u f f i x w i l l be p r e s c n t e s helaw:
The s a derived s u f f i x :
2.3.2-1.3:
.
.
Unlike t h e -ta -kq ,:nd l;.tcr on t h e - q d e r i v e d s u f f i x c s which modify
t h c verb both zt t h e scm-ntic ;nr: , s y n t n c t i c h v e l s , t h e l - s g derived. S u f f i x
.../-
, .
.!.Q
.i
- e a f f e c t s t h e verb cxcllusively a t t .
'i
Thus. as it w i l l
r.iynL-ctic l e v e l .
he illustr,-ted l a t o r on, i n t h e m r s c of t h i s w r k . whcn the -sa derived
s u f f i x is ZSfied t o t h c ver5, it r d d s a c a u s c t i v e q u a l i t y t o thc verb-
Throucjh
In
t h i s function, t h e r e f o r c . t h o -sa s u f f i x i n c r c r o e s t h e vzloncy of verbs.
t h i s ivey t h e r e e o n , i n t r a n s i t i v e verbs c r c cbncicc' i n t o t r a n s i t v e verb s.
From t h e rlpta. we discover-xl th;t o u t of t h c 600 vorhs forming t h e &.t-,
In c a s e s whercby a verb
117 of thcn! could b k c on thc-ea c,-.us;.tive ,suffix.
cpnnot t a k e on thc c n u s z t i v e
-SF.,
t h e mrphcmc *lqh*r$*lwhich means "to
vake somene t o do s o m t h i n g " w c s adc'cil, t o tho Bentence, t o serve t h e caus a t i v e function.
Thcrc is however, no discernfile way t o n r e Z i c t whcn
vcrh +;.kc,? on e i t h e r -sa o r "r;h+r&" hec,-.use w h i l e
-scl
a
z p s l i e s exclusively
t o i n t r n n s i t i v c verbs, t h c m r p h c r s "qh+ra" api71ics t o i n t r a n s i t i v e ES well
2s t o
:
trcnoitvz verhs.
As recJr,rds t h e i n s c r t i c n of "gh+ra" i n t o sentences
i n or&r t~ rdorn t h e ver!? w i t h
2
c i u s ? t i v e c h - r r c t e r i s t i c , G33 verhs were
discovcred t o dorand t h i s nophenc.
The ohove s i t % - t i o n s , where verbr k k e
on e i t h c r -sc o r "gh+rz" 2 s c z u s a t i v e elcmnts w i l l he expoundei! mre r ' u r h g
t h e t r z r t m n t cE t h c sen:.ntic
End a y n t T c t i c i m l i c z t i o n s of t h c s u f f i x e s i n
chazter 3
.
Another deriver' s u f f i x which i s cocmn t o 50th r c f u t in?. Pknkon iis
ccn 5e i n f e r r e d f r o m Lcroy (1979) is t h o -na derived s u f f i x .
2.3.2.1-8:
"he -na 8erived Suffix:
An a n z l y s i s of t h e ai..tir shoved th-t the
2
derived s u f f i x h-.s W h
&
i
.
s e m n t i c pnct s y n t - c t i c mc7ifyincj e f f e c t on t h e verl-.
A t the senzntic
l e v c l , t h e -no derived s u f f i x adds t h r e r ; e i f f e r e n t meanings t o t h c basic
neaninc; of the verb.
These meminqs ere: " r e c i p r o c i t y " ,
"sinul&-neity"
ene "spontaneity?. These l i f f e r c n t mczninss w i l l I:c b r i e f l y introdaced in
t h i s s e c t i o n sn* f u r t h c r c m l o i t e d l z t c r on i n t h e work.
A t the s y n t z c t i c
l e v e l , when -na is ;dc?ed t o a verb, it rectuccs vcr?:, v,-lcncy-
T h i s synts.ntic
function of the -na derive2 s u f f i x t i c s up w i t h the :.ew.ntic f u n c t i o n s
n
r e c i p r o c i t y " i.n* " s u o n t n e i t y " ,-lrea$.y nentioncn 2bove-
.../-
of
-
4P
-
An cn?.lysis of t h e + t a showx7 th-t o u t of t h e 600 ver-b,
rcccivsrl t h e -ni: derived s u f f i x i n d i c , - t i n c t h e d i f f e r e n t
171 of them
meanings c l r e a d y
present?,? c.?mvc- The d i f f e r e n t f u n c t i o n s of t h e -na s u f f i x Fnd t h e number
of v e r k f u l f i l l i n i : e i t h e r cf t h c f u n c t i o n s c r n '>e 5 r i c f l y presented t!!us:
1)
The "reciprocnl" element of -na:
I t tns disccwerc3 from t h c &t,- t h r t o u t of t h s 171 v e r b which receive
t h e -np deriver: s u f f i x , 52 r,f t h c n r?&?ec?i neF,niag c f r e c i p r o c i t y t c t h e
verb-
This rGci7rccity s~cjr~ests
retp.li?tnry r c t i n n , t h z t is,rll t h c
a.ryun.nts involved i n nn s c t i o n ; f f c c t each o t h e r tbroucjh t h c fieriver: verb.
I n i l l u s t r z . t i n 7 t h i s f u n c t i n n of t h e -nz. s u f f i x i n sentences the "reciprocel"
elemmt of -n? w i l l he rc:>reSCntc? - s "ei-ch other': W b i l c ? t t h c sc.n;.ntic
l e v e l t h c "rcciprr,c?l" -n;
w i l l 5c tr.-nal,-teif 2.s "ezch cthcr",
s y n t i c t i c l e v e l , t h i s -ne s u f f i x re?uccs verh v i l e n c y 3
kerb i n t o ?nother p?.rt of speech.
7.t
the
It can ;.lsn c b a n ~ e
When rdded t o t h e verb, t h c "rccinroc?l"
-na w i l l '7c t,-kcn t c m z n ''ccch other".
2 ) Sponbneous element of enp:
W
e 6iscovered frnrr t h e verbs ighhlch cnn t;kc
4 7 of tkcp. :vert found. t c p f i Z
:<
spontxneous e l e n e n t , 2s it h;s
on t h e -na derive? suffix t h ? t
spontF.neeus q u z l i t y t c t h e verb-
This
~.lre?.i?yheen seen w i t h t h e sp@nt;.nenus
-Ra, shows t h . t ' ,2ctinn su;-cpstccl :>y t h e verb is c;pahle
of ! r i n g executed
without t h e a s s i s t r n c c of rlny a p n t i v c f o r c c .
As i t his been seen with t h e "reciproczl" -na. a'wve, t h e spontaneous
s y n t a c t i c f u n c t i o n i n tk.t it reduces thc n m h r of noun
-na slso k-s
c-
p h r ~ s c swith
which t h c v e r b czn =cur.
Thf spontaneous element w i l l he
re'd zs " h y itsc1.f".
3)
Simltzneour; c l e n c n t of --:
In prcscntinq t h e -k~
&rived s u f f i x ,
Used. t o bark s i m l t a . n c i t y i n ,-ction.
tcneous -ks is used t o man
seirl t h r t t h i s s u f f i x
W
e t h e r e f o r e srirl t h a t t h e . - .
tine".
C P . ~be
52m3.1-
T h i s is z l s o t h e meadnc;
5
carried hy t h e s i m l t ? n e m s -nn.
45
-
Thus t h i s s u f f i x i n ? i c r t s s t h T t thG
same Zcricn is c z r r i c ? o u t by 5 i f f e r o n t
.. . .,.
of
:..ire-
"at t h c s.-m t i m e ' '
groups of p e o p l e - a t 4 h e ; . seoe,.Qm*
T h i s s u f f i x w i l l t h c r c f o r e hc t;kcn
?.s
c-dcUnq t h e n a n i n g
or "tcqether" t- t h c ?>,-sicm z n i n q of the verb.
A t the
synG-.ctic l e v e l . t h i s s u f f i x n c i t h e r reduces nor incrwses t h e n m k r of
noun phrases o c c u r r i n g w i t h t h e ver5.
I t wzs discovcrc? tlt-t 72 verbs
took on t h e simultaneous -ne.
The derives s u f f i x c s v r c s o n t d
J~WVE,
were .-i.so cliscoverei! i n Yankon,
cs shown by Leroy (19791, en8thcy hcrt some c o m n s i q n i f i c p t i o n s .
from t h e s e s u f f i x e s presented i n k n k o n , Sy Leroy (19791,
WG
Apart
d s o discovered
three othcr 6crivcd s u f f i x c s LI??.€ut which are: -w, -1,- ax? a ?uplicepion
of thc; s i n ;lox ri .'ical.
The ~ n derive6
a
suffix:
2.3.2.1.5:
I t w2s r e r l i s c d tkrouqh e n e n a l y s i s of cktz., th.-.t a 1 1 t h e 600 verbs
which form t"e L-sis f o r t h i s study took on t h e -mi dorived s u f f i x .
s u f f i x c r n he explcinc? i n term of i t s emposition
suffisr.
This o p p o s i t i c n i s i n t!v f s t tk-t
the
t o the
diminutive *_a
-m s u f f i x i n 2 i c c t e s
t h c p c c f c c t i v c s s p e c t cf t h e ver5 t o which it is Z f f i x e d .
"perfcctivc" is uscd here i n ~ c c c r 3 . . ~ n cwith
c
Ccmrif's
he scys th-t tile l x r f e c t i v e
This
The tcrrn
d e f i n i t i e n i n which
CSDEC~:
"Presents t h e t o t d i t y of t h e s i t u t t i c n without reference t o its
i n t c r n a l ter?;or: 1 cc-nstitucncy:
cs r sinc,le unam.lysn!~le&ole,
i n t o one..
1
.'I
t h e w k l e of the s i t u ? . t i o n i s WCSCnttfd
w i t h thci !xc;inninq, P i d C l e an<; end rolled
-
46
-
In this s i t w t i o n the diminutive -ta d e m n s t r F t e s on "irPperfectiva"
Once more, eccor&n:;
aspect of thc- v e r b
t c Comrie, t h e inpcrfective
asrlect:
"presents .a s i t u a t i o n or z c t i n n w i t h i n t c m l t e r n o r i l l
es haking a kqinninc:, z mi&?lc Fnc? a n end o r s i r p l y
viewed f r n n wit:*
drawn".
structure...
2
bzoptinq Comic's d e f i n i t i o n , of t h e i n e r f c c t i v e c s ~ e c tof t h e verb f o r
the 2afut diminutive -ta s u f f i x -ne c;n
s.-y th-t t h i s s u f f i x p r e s e n t s tn
s t i c n as k i n q s c q m n t c d cr c.s !=in$; i n nrsccss.
I n p r e s e n t i n 3 th.- above
wprsitim, thouch n o t i n unr-vellinc; t h e rcl.3tinnship e x i s t i n q I>etveen -in=
2nd d i n i m t i v e - t a tlfonyam (1w21,s ~ y st h - t onc can"
.e.
brinc: out t h e
? i s t i n c t i m ! x t t e e n t h o tmrfcctivc <*n? i i w c r f e c t i v e a s p e c t s cs one cf
i n c c m l e t l c n n r &r&ion"
@ppposition%twecn t h e n o t i c n c.f c o w l e t i o n ;:nG
3
T h i s d i s t i n c t i c n betbeen t h c n c t i c n s of " c o r l c t i c n " cnri "inccmcleticn"
w i l l he i l l u s t r a t e d 1-y t h e followin.:; two scntences u s i n s t h e -IW rnq'dimi-
nutive -tc suffix:-
p> "I
1) n6
"tc d r i n k "
&
2) no^
"to $.rink"
& ni, & nki
1. C e m r c ? C o d e
2.
ISid:
3. B i d :
PP.
nht'-.
;im c l r i & n g
i
b i t of water"
"I W e F.lrea?y drank wtter"
i n Tonolo*
in t h e O r t h o q r e h y of Zafut, Efonyzm
(19e2) PP. 197.
191.
PP. lY7.
scntencc I akxre shows th.:t
t h e :.sent
o r s u b j c c t e f f e c t i n g the a c t i o n
is still i n t h e process of cxccutinq t h c ; c t i c n .
On t h e nthcr k:nl
sentence
2 shnws t h s t t h e o c t i c n of"drinkinq" hns a c t u p l l y been csrriec' out.
These
two sentences therefore p o r t r a y t h e c o a t r c s t between t h e F m o e r f h z t i v c
-w. r e s p e c t i v e l y -
eiminutivc -tc a n 2 t h e p e r f e c t i v e
2.3-2.1.6:
The -la derived suffix:
The 2erivcc: -l.7 s u f f i x is onc of t k s u f f i x e s which were discevered t o
effect
SOFE
m d i f i c r t i m cn t h e verb.
... '.?.Y
.
,
*
.../-
.
',
l.3
.
-
. ..
. ..
is
t n t h c ver'.,
Add&
it usuglly h s t h r e e s i g n i f i c a t i o n s n m d y :
*r~n&mneas", "rour;hncss",
which werc found
tr?
i n 6 "on scvcr,-.l oarts.'
accept t h e -la s u f f i x , 6':
22 crrrie? t h c meF.ning of "rcu+ness"
Cf
O u t of t h e 112 v e r b
t h e m denote "r~ndoimess".
w h i l e 7 of them conveyed t h c m,;ning
"cn sevcrc.1 n ~ r t s ) / ~ o i n t s " .
Redupliegticn nf the redicF,l:
2.3.2.1.7:
I n his tre-tmnt of Noni ver!:
"2
dozcn v e r k
'often'
- ..h,?vc
!men fnund &.ich
, 'w-.nytims* , by
Hym-.n's .'isccvcry
is
forms, L-rry Nqmn ( 1ge 1 1 states
tk-t
d e r i v e t h e m r n i n c of 'cnntinuously'
re+aplic?.tincj their rpot syllz'lr"
I
,
T Ek i r cj
prcmisc rnr' ; r > l y i n q it t o t h e % f u t ver'w, .,.?e
discovcrcr' tk-t out of t h o 600 verIxs which c ~ m o s cour
a-b, 503 verbs were
Seen to . I c?unlic,-tc t h e i r rmts ti' mezn "sever'?l times", "mny" anc?
"thnrcughly
."
For t h e course rf t h i s w'rk, t h c l i f f c r e n t m m i n c ; s b v e h e n b.?x4lcd
zs follm.?s:When t h e rc&plic;ticn
cf the v e r 5 root indic<-tcs th-t -n nctirn is
done " s e v c r z l times" we w i l l scy t%t t h e ror")lic?tion
function.
G70 verbs c u t
veycd t h i s Fecninrj
1-
-
of
hc?s
R
repetitive
the 5G3 whose r o o t s can be dwlicctc.71, w n -
Larry H m n (1Wl): Noni G r e . m s t i c z l S t r u c t u r e s : SC.0.P.I.L;
N0.2,
-
48
-
l!hir8ly, when t h e cluolic.?.ti--n inAic;tcs thTt t h c a c t i n n WPS done
hrcs i.n "enlt-tic" f u n c t f m horouqhly, w e w i l l say th-~tt h i s &.vlic.-ti-n
n scntonccs this emh-tic f u n c t i c n w i l l 1
2
x renrescntec? by '%cry..."
or
too-.."
These s i t u r t i - n s w i l l "e c m l n i t e c l i n Ch?..Dter 3 . We disccvored
ror. t h e net,- t h - t 35 v e r h s , whosc r o o t c-n 5e redun1ic;tcO. were franc?, t o
onvey thc "ervh-t i c " m a n i n q -
I n t h e coursc cf '-.'*ins t h e eeriv?tion,-l s u f f i x f s t n verbs, we reelised
h;t som: nf tb v e r b s unrlcrvxiOt F, nnmho1oqic;ll c m r f i t i o n i n g & f o r e t c - k h q
n zny of t h c f l c r i v - t i r . ? r l s u f f i x e s . Tkis ccn.'iticing invclver' i.n k s e r t i o n
f 7. homrqznic n a s n l , c i t h c r -n- n r -n- hftween t h e verb r o o t and tbe derivaio-1
suffix.
-3-2.1.8:
T h i s s i t u a t i o n w i l l bc c m l r i n e d i n t h e following s w t i o n .
V e r b w i t h hnrmqenic msnls:
(-n-,
-n-)
A S it hzs alrezc?y heen mentioned i.bwc, some v c r b s r e q u i r e t h e
n s c r t i r n of e i t h e r -n- or -n- hetween t h e verb xmtpnc' t h e d c r i v r t i o n a l
u f f i x , We discnvercc!, frcm t h e + . t c , tb3.t e 0 verhs wre p r m e t o t h i s
We alsn n o t i c e d th?t it WP.S t h e i n i t i + l ccnsonant of t h e
c&:viour.
u f f i x which determines v h e t h e r it is -n-, o r -n- which shnulc! he i n s e r t e d
etwecn thc vcrh rent Fn? t h e s u f f i x . This shmk r ccse of h n m r q z n i c i t y h i s phencmcncn lakll ?x?il1ustr;tec' i n t h e followinq t2ble:-
1. t c he 2 h i t s i c k
2. t o r?<-kc scnrthhnn to
he hot.
3. t o peel c b i t -
.';.t- l m k
at..
short t i r e -
- for
p.
5. t o m k e soncone t-.
sleep-
6. t e s M l c : b i t 7.
.../-
tn
trim-..a
bit-
-
49
-
Instznces where it is t h e v e l z r n a s ? l , -n-,
which is i n s e r t c d , S e w n
t h e v e r b r o o t and thc P c r i v r t i o n a l s u f f i x , w i l l t h e present& i n t h c
PEANING.
VEIL3 ROOT
+ -n-+
1. t o be s i c k
SUFFC
f?EkIimG
1. t o be s i c k me
r f t e r t h e other
2 . t o smile
2 - t o smile "ne
$Bet t h e o t h e r
3 . t o p e e l separ,-tely
3. t o peel
4.
s. t o ?!e s e p c a t e l y
tirs?..
t o he t i c d
5. t c s i n g
5- t o s i n q s c ~ r r z t c l y
6 - tc punch
6 . t r ? punch scver+.l
times
7.
to
-
7. t c suck i n one
suck i n
efter the ctherh s it ccn 'x derlucd f r r m t h e
between t h e verb mnt
the a
-4.z -9s.
,-ne
t z h l e s -hvc, t h c n,-s+ls .-re i n s c r t e 3
t h e s u f f i x only when t h e v c r h rmt t,-.kes e i t h e r
o r a -ka derivz.tion,-l s u f f i x .
which t h e n.=scls 're
The c n n 5 i t i c n s under
i n s e r t & ciin ic expleined cs fn11ws:-
F i r s t l y , the ver') which Aen-.nc?s t h e inserti.cn c,f t h e n z s s l s must end
with
F
h n c j v-1
on t h c
S P I ? ~syll&le.
3y c dru5linq c:f t h e s ~ m
vowel.
8
mr!: which snds w i t h
R
The l e n q t h cf t h c m e 1 is shown
This is c v i s e n t i n t h e t r b l c s alwvc.
shcrt v m d
&QS
Thus,
n o t nccrl either ef the i d e n t i f i e d
- 5 0 -
rbve i l l u s t r z t i r n s c a n k e c o n t r r s t c d with t h e i l l u s t r e t i n n s i n t h e
preceedinq tchles
-
Secrnclly, vhcther it is -n- cr
which i=ix?
-4-
1.x
inscrtecl hctween t h e
verb ?.ne. thc r?eriv;tin??I s u f f i x , depends ?n whether t h e crnsonant nf the
a f f i x is e l v e c . L r c r ve1-r.
elcveolar cnnsonr-nt, it is -nccnsnni.nt is velar, i t is -n-
Thus, when th cnnscnmt cf tho s u f f i x i s En
p.;hich h-s to .?-ei n s e r t e d ?n*. when thc s u f f i x
rrhich is i n s e r t c 5 .
This shows
E
situ;t.im of
h@mnrq?niaitywhich w i l l be illustrFte3 by the emmiles helm-:
vcr3 w i l l .
h sin&
-
- yi;l
'y3
US&
for t P i s i l 1 u s t r . - t i c n :
"to sing"
A
Yhi-n+
" t n sin<;f o r
shnrt t i m e "
Yaj
" t n sing"
1.
2 . YBa
" t o sing"
2. yQ&-n-s$
"tc n-ke acncone t r . sinq"
3 . YYa
"tri
3 . YSa-g-k$
"to s i n < sep.-r,-tely
1
sinq"
Frcm thi ex,-mlcs $mve,
i
.
"
i t is c l c - r l y seen th-.t when the v e r b t a k e s
on e i t h e r t h e -tr. nr t h e -sa Periv,Ttinncl s u f f i x , t h c nas~linsartcd. is -new;li.incc e . - r l i c r , ~ j c c ~ . u s€t/,
c
/s/ snd /n/
ere t..ll alvoo1s.r
This is,
ES
scunr?~.
When, however, t h e verb t r k e s cn t h e -bs u f f i x , t h e
inserted ie -9- s i n c c 'mth /k/
It w n s ~
mnd
vehr
SrWXk.
1 noted
s ~ the-t the insertion of t h e ?%we n a s d s pis@ cccurrad
%,hen t h e verh r m t is rcduplic,:ted.
cjcnicity.
/g ere
t h e n-sp.1
Once mre, thereis a cese of h-mr-
Thus, if t h c vor!? root &-.s 2s i t s i n i t 4 1 scund cn plveclar
consonant, t h e 1 4 7 ~ ~-n1
is i n s c r t c 4 , w h i l e when t h e i n i t i r l c r n s c n m t is
a v e l t r ccnscncnt, t h e n z s c l -9- is i n s e r t e d .
cmsoncnt i s c i t h e r -n-
cr -3-,
i4hen
however the i n i t i c l
t h r c is nr. mnrc i n s c r t i c n .
These s i t u a t i n n s
will rX derronstri.tcd ! ~ l o w : .
1)
& "to e&"
2)'&18
3)
+q
.
1 ) d&-n+&
" t o ec.t t o o mch"
"to >zinc; up n f f s g r i n g ~ )k&*o-n-ki;*i, " t o k i n q UY o f f s p r i n g
.
. r
time p.nZ ,-::Fin"
" t o smile"
" t o smile time en6 ?c;cin"
3 f r+J-qo&
I
4) nbF$
"to crush
4 ) n&j&n&qg
..J-
.
,
"to crush severt.1 t3EWS"
E x e m l c 1 ?how: i l l u s t r t e n
-
51
i
I
situ;.ticn whcre t h e i n i t i a l c o n s m n t
of t h e ver'- rmt is ?.n r l v c d z r crnsmc.ntl
r o o t , -n-
this
is n l r c c d Eefore t h c r e & p l i c F t c < f o r m -
DxF.rplc 2 i l l u s t r F t e s
writ
Thus, in r c & p l t c ; t i n g
/k/ is
?
c;se whcrc the i n i t i a l c c n s n ~ 7 n tof t h e v a b
c v c l z r ccnsrnrntz.
-9- which
Thus.
is
i
v e l a r nasal i s p l a c e d
hefore t h e rw?uDlic,-tc* vcrh r o t .
Exz-mles 3 end 4 demnstrT.tc instFnces w h c r e t h e i n i t i z l ccnsomnts
Of thc h r b r o o t s c r e t h e n a s z l s
/+ en5 / n /
@ q g r w d i m e&,..% i v c r t i c n
nf e i t h e r / n / o r
Whilc t h e s u f f i x e s -tr.-ka,
t h e i n s e r t i n n cf e i t h e r / n /
-62
respectively.
/n/
Ikf-e
cases,
/n/ Sefore t h e r e & p l i c a t e ? root e''
.-nd r e % n l i c s t c ? ver?? s r t s d c q n d
@r /sl/ b e t w e n the vcr? r o c t End t h e s u f f i x .
other s u f f i x e s l i k e -roe, Lna ,-nd -la cln n g t r e q u i r e t h c s o i n s e r t i m s . The
C ~ S Cof
-nz c . n h explzincd 5y t h c E;&
t h i s s u f f i x is
2
::ut w h i l e t h i s
Dl@xi':lc
tk:t t h e i n i t i ; l
CnnsonTnt of
nas2.l enil t h c r c f c r o nee& nc i n s e r t i n n of enother n - s d .
cxplsn.-'.-irn ccn I x +vcn
cnncorninq t h e -nc
s u f f i x , nc rcz.son w2.s hqicvcr foun8 :s t o why -1.- &cs
n o t need
citber
/I/ of t h e s u f f i x is slvc??.?r.
of t h c n a s a l s , seein<-:t h ~ - tt h c ccnsonznt
The msc o f -ma c c n be p - l r t i e l l y explzincr' i-p t h e f a c t tbt t h e ccnsonant
/Z/
of t h e s u f f i x , thsur;h
.
:
i
b i l z h i 3 c n c m z n t , s h c r e s some n a s a l f e e t u r f s
w i t h ai1-n and -9- which a r c u s u c l l y ~ l n c c ?hcfcrc t h c s u f f i x e s -
I l l u s t r t t i o n s of cpscs yrherc verb mnts t r k e on tbe
--
En6 -b c3erivational
s u f f i x e s , but v i t h o u t t h e i n s e r t i r n of ,tny of the nas,-ls, z r e presented
helCW.
1.
V e r b Root + --n~:
1 . d&
"to ert"
I.
ILIA &&-I&
"I h-,ve a l r e a d y eaten-"
2. kuh
"to c n t e r "
2.
I& I&h-I&
"I h v e ~ l n - d yentereC"
"to f i q h t "
3.
& tb-4
"1 have P l r e n d y fousht"
I,
tw:t-S
3.
2.
tg
V e r b Root +-la
,.
tsw; L
"to t r i n "
-../-
..
"to t r i m a t rant?om"
-
52
-
.\
2.
zG2
" t n roof"
2.
3.
L:'?
"to press"
3 . 1i>*j-1;
fwii-G
" t o roof roushly"
" t o press on s e v e r e 1 p a r t s . "
It should bo borne i n mind t h r t t h e hyuhens w&kl&ur
l i k e elsewhere, hpve ne o r t h o n - p h i c sicmificzncc-
t h e verbs ebnve.
They '-re inserted. i n
thc verbs j u s t t o clistinquish t h c vcrh :-net from tF.e v ~ r i o u sderiv,-tionel
suffixes.
As it is cvi+cnced hy t h e i l . l u s t r z t i e n s a w e . n e i t h e r the -nw.
nor t h e -la s u f f i x r e p i r e s
i
So far, t h e e'mvc ,:nzlyses
VThich cpn hr;. ; p ? l i e F
thc 2nfut verbs.
homrr;;;nic b s e l Seforc it.
k v c h e n focussed on f l e r i v ~ ~ t i o n z s. 1u f f i x e s
t o mfiify either t h e s e w n t i c or s y n t a c t i c ffeoninqs of
j u t , it wcs i l s o 6iscovcrcd th-t there z r e s o w " s u f f i x e s "
which dn n n t n C i f y thc maninrj of t h e v e r b i n m y r,rry.
this catccrcry cf s u f f i x e s
1.3.2.0,
WTC
hs it was w t i c e d i n
1,~:xclleS"forFcl suffixcsY
Forrnzl Suffixes:
2.3.3.0:
The f i e f i n i t i n n
thern z s zn intcrcjr;l
r?f
forF;l
"suffixes": i n s e c t i o n 1-3.2.0.
i d e n t i f ' ed
p r r t of the verb ;nr' czn t h c r e f c r c n o t he e x t r i c z t c d
frcm tke verb by nnv rems.
Lny z t t e m t :t d e l e t i n s t h i s "suffix" f r o m
t h e verb v d l l render t h e rcrm,-ininq n o r t of t h c v c r h u n r e m i n q f u l .
I t should
bo not& th:t
t h c t c r r n "suffix" is use? i n t h i s s c c t i - n j u s t '-.s c r,-tter o f
convenience.
This is bcc,:usc t h e t r a d i t i m v l d e f i n i t i e n cf a s u f f i x d e f i n e s
it 7 s :
"a
. . l o t t c r ( s ) o r svll+hlc(s) ;..&?e3 ;t t h e en? of z wor? t o mke
znothcr word
-" 1
If'the a J m e d c f i n i t i s n is s t r i c t l y i d h c r r e P t n , thmwe w i l l net !x? j u s t i f i e d
t o spczk of "form21 s u f f i x c s " or " l e x i c z l s u f f i x e s " h c c u s e t h e s e c?s n o t
c r c z t o new wcrC7s,. n e i t h e r d o they mC?ifyt h e rixistin:; v e r b in any w a y *
nut8
w e w i l l use t h c l;M1 "fora-1 s u f f i x e s " beccusc these s u f f i x e s b . v e t h e
SOFIE! S t N c t U r e
'-,e t h e i d c n t i f i e i l s u f f i x e s rnd sccondly the "fOn?al
ClSo occur c t t h e
fin-1 positic.n
cf
SQffiXfS"
v e r b s where t h e dcrivcd s u f f i x e s
W i t h thc
-h
ahrilt&.+irrur which justify t b edoption of
l a s h ; "form1 suffixes"
we
?.iscwcrc* tbt there were seven d i f f e r e n t
! for%-1 s u f f i m s which t h e h f u t verbs cpn c m t z i n .
These s u f f i x e s , 7;hich
<:rc s i ! i L - r i n s t r u c t u r e t o t h e rlcrived s u f f i x e s ?re:
- t a r -ka, -m,-sa
In all, 211: v e r b , out of thc 600 verb i n our
2nd -la.
&tp,
t o t * k c cn e i t h c r one pr t h e o t h e r cC t h e f o r % - l s u f f i x e s .
of t h e s f
QSCS
tbe
w e r e found
Illuetr-tims
w i l l bo offer& i n thc follcwinq s u b s e c t i o n s .
The -b formrl suffix:-
2.3.3.1:
We r'iscmercc' froe o u r
t h - t c u t of t h e 2 1 4 v e r b which &-ve
Cli'tP
e i t h o r m e n r t h e o t h e r cf the forq-1 s u f e i x e s , 80 of t h e m . k-Ve t h e
form-1 s u f f i x .
Bsmnles
Of
verhs Tuith this s u f f i x '-re rwzvic?ed below-
q<t;
provoke"
" t o wind rcuncl"
shdt;
&o
y;+;
"to lean witk$$lua back
Tczinst s r r c t h i n q " q h m 6
"tn strike"
" t o remm?er"
" t o check nn snwone"
f
A
WS'Ctp,
'
'
A
,
k3 '.&
" t o kindle"
c?z&t$
"to chert"
wii'ita
"to tzstc"
Yw+G
Wtn
hit2
" t o help"
ts?'%t$" t o g r e - t R
bit$
"to nsk"
fi t 2
tswi*it;
"to t - k e
bl t$
" t o sh-men"
bht;
"tc s e t a t r e p "
tr.."
Y
As t h c ex=.mplcs;!rve
the m d i f y i n t ; imn1ic;tirns
-t8
:
"to tuck"
h-ndful" f%$
" t o sen--r,-te"
,.
ficpt,^
m.,,':nt$
"tr tcunh"
"to noint z t "
portrzy, t h e -1; frrrr-1 s u f f i x ccnveys nomof
surir;csteC' 5s t h o P e r i v - t i r n e l -1,- s u f f i x -
--1.
I.r'vcnc&
2.3.3.2:
Le?rner's Dicticnrry:
13
pp.
1009.
-
The -si) forxv-1 suffix,
W
e P i s c ~ ~ e r e cf rl c n our d,-t? t h . t c u t of th 214 verbs with t h e f o r m 1
s u f f i x e s , 57 nf therr h-ve t h e -sa fcrF-1 s u f f i x . L i k e t h e n t h c r f o r m d
SUffixes, t h e -sa f o r m 1 s u f f i x Pees n c t m r ' i f y t h e verb in any wzY@f v e r b with t h i s s u f f i x ?re w e s e n t e d ?elow:-
..../-
StVles
- 5 4 -
ti ads;
\
'wis;
.
tB1'7s.z
"to mrtqzoe"
SASS
"te multiIAy"
k?'.s;
"tc e n c i r c l e "
zhk;
"to ccnwlcscc"
ItnsSj
"tr cnnounce"
k&G
"tc cnvcr"
l'?S$
"to tecse"
k-JG
,.
"tr
+*
tiinsa
1
krrrv"
"tc d i s c l e s e "
"to put 'ycr@ss"
..
tswisa
"to fricrhten"
<ins;
" t n w-rk"
" t o cezk"
128ns;
" t o level"
twis;
" t n pest-$knc"
k:l*&.$
" t o ,-?Id"
tG:ns;
" t o purcje"
f&sh;
" t o ch-sc hotly"
&&s2
" t o tr.-in"
f&S$
"to squint-
9'
F r c E t h e ex+m-les .-hove, it c;n
'x r c z l i s c d . t h - t s p r c nf t h e verbs
w i t h t?,c frrzp71 s u f f i x e s ? r e s i r i k r i n s t r u c t u r e t o some extended
LL.~.;.>
.r ,
Lr'LS
.
~ ~ ~ . s . : ~ ~ , ~ , ,+<,'
:.~
. . , i~ ' ~ c..;'3s
~ ' . . :>e" F s t u r .::;i
x.
extended s i m l e x r;dictls
;?I,'
. :z
.
t.22.
the c o w l e x r i Z i c ? l s -re cenfrontecl i n
i s c l : ~ . t i n n . ? u t w h c n these trlo clrsses of v e r k i z r e used i n
.-.sentence,
t h e c o n t c x t s i n -;;hich thev <-,refcunr' w i l l enk-ncc t h e rfi.e.-pote
inter:xetntio:
o f t h e s c verbs.
2.3.3.3:
The -n.:
frrml s u f f i x :
It w i s noticcc? f r c r t h c
suffix-
t; t h t 50 v e r b hL-vc the -nc fnrlr-1
These ver!?s i n c h ? ? t k fol.lnwinq:"tp
d<ncG"
"te sl.i+.e"
''te
~ C P P Cinmne
knag
" t o hepr f r u i t s "
y A * s
"to write"
"to '.e sarry"
tswA&
"tr cwse"
weed"
bin.$
"to hit"
to"
sneeze"
"tn
"to tctoo"
"to c r m d "
" t n h c ' down"
"to hcl< still"
*
../-
6
The
2.3.3.4:
-
55
fcrwl s u f f i x :
An e n t l y s i s nf our Pate. shrutec?. t h c t 11 verhs have t h e
suffix.
-b f o r m 1
These verbs are:" t o stumblc ;qzinst sorrcthinq"
kwsnk;
fbh7kG
"to mennder"
ts<jk&
"to rlwindlc"
mink2
" t o lag"
d z 2 6
" t n spurt''
b+.&
"to stumble"
<
A
d;i
'<,-,b
'It-
k+.e.
" t n qu,-ck"
From t h e ex;q?les
y+k;
st.-qqcr"
i.!rvc,
glitter"
" t o t,-ke
ts'ik;
ccur3q.e"
it c-n ?xi n f e r r c d tbt t h c u r h t h e v e r b s L-ve
f i n a - l s : v ~ l l ~ ~sir
- l ei s
l p r t c ' t h e tcrin,-t.i~,n;l s u f f i x , these f i n r l s y l k h l e s
cf thc vcrhs w i t h t h o f - r F , - l puffixcs
?,-
n c t crnvcy m y ?f the mcnnings
ccmveye? %r the -Ira &riv<-ti,~7-?J.
suffix.
2.3.3.5:
Th?
-nu
fc.rq-1 s u f f i x ;
This s u f f i x , l i k c t h e c t h c r frrrs1 s u f f i x e s is inextricT51y linked
tc t h e c n m l c x vcr3 ra?ic.-l.
h-vc t h i s s u f f i x -
These vcrin
It
VPS
rc-lise? t h r t 9 ver.56 i n the ccrpus
,-rf:
,
Althouqh t h e v e r k i + v e
i r e rccprde? as h-vinc t h e f-rrrzl s u f f i x
t h e f i w 1 vowel /a/ i s usurl!y
?,rcpI:&
i n sentence?.
however, floes n n t d e s t r e v t h e m i n g of the verb.
t h e f o l l m i n q utterances:-
.../-
-msa
This + ? l e t f a n
Thus, me can have
The
2.3.3.6:
-la
form1 suffix:
n c t hzvc e i t h e r the mzninqs c f "r;nrtrnmess"
Fr "rrucihness" cr "sever~1
p c r t s " crntrincc? '?y t h e -12 C4aiv;ticnr.l s u f f i x .
&,t;thzt c u t ,cf t h c 214 ver!?s
It s h i u l c ? he M r n c i n
We rcrlieed f r o m pur
w i t h f r m d s u f f i x e s , o n l y 6 of them b v e
nine tkt t h c x - w l e s i l l u s t r a t i n c e i t h e r t h e
deriveticrx-1 c r t h e fcrr?l s u f f i x e s rre s t r i c t l v based -n the
600 verbs user? E r r this stuEy.
I t m c<\nvincec?that w i t h
i
CCKPUF
cf
crflccti-
mre vcr?s, onr: ciin f i n d vorc e a m l c s ?f vcr% w i t h t h e f - r m , - l
2nr' **hich c.-n k-ke c i t h c r rne cr t h c -thcr cf t h e Zcriv-ticni.1
of
suffixes
.
sUffi::cS.
When t h c verbs were u s d i n sentences, it tws r e r l i s e ? th-t t h c r c
c.m be
<-
suffixes.
cc'-ocmrrence
cf sore ?f t h e Perivitionc.1 s u f f i x e s an5 the fo-1
This s i t u r t i n n w i l l
IT)
explcites hlrw
9
2-3.4.0:
Co-occurrcnce of &rived end fo,sel s u f f i x e s :
1
The c c n b i e t i c n of 'mth tke c ' c r i v r t i c z 1 s u f f i x e s r n d the fC'm-1
czn he i l h s t r a t e 6 hclow.
1)
DerivEtirnr.1
-L-Q
-+ C e r i v r t i a n c l s u f f i x e s :
..../-
'i
'3
rt
6\
-
3
rt
rt
3
I?\
ul
57
0
CI
W
0
rt
N
rt
I
a i
* I
I
The r!,eve h b l e s h m
icquisition
rf
7.
58
-
p r r q r e s s i o n f r r n F sinvle r z f l i c n l t o en
z t m o s t t w o r l e r i w t i r - : ,-.ls u f f i x e s by t h e r:CicF.l-
When
t h e extendce. verh r z d i w l s t i l l trkes m the -re s u f f i x , it is r e d i s e d ,
as chwniEn t h e tabbe, t h a t the v e r b
tends tcr2take on the meznincjs n?bnth
t h e --ma s u f f i x r.nd any of t h e d e r i v z t i n n a l s u f f i x e s with which t h e + a
s u f f i x coc:>ines
-
Since e*qh&~'lis m l y en o u x i l i r r y of t h e -sa d e r i v - t i o n F l suffj.x,
we w i l l n e t k l e h o m t h e point of i l l u s t r r t i n r ; its combinatinn with
other A e r i v r t i r n z l s u f f i x e s .
P.s t h e -ma d e r i v z t i r n r . 1 s u f f i x cc-oocurs w i t h o t h e r d e r i v c t i o n d
s u f f i x e s , so c,-n it ,-.lscco-occur w i t h f o r m 1 s u f f i x e s , on t h e
6zdW
verb.
This s i t u r t i o n is i l l u s t r r t e d i n t h e fellrwinc; tc-b-bler
r
V e r b s w i t h form11 s u f f i x e s + -I%.:-
2.
e
c
VEm +
1 FOi?W,L SUFFIX
1
1'EXJII.G
'V-RL?
+
SDFFIX
+
I
t o movcke
shhq+t&-&
t o mrtc;F;,-c;e
;Ek SA-&
,&
I
,.ha^
.
..hs
..
...
clrecdy prevob&
.ks r l r e a d y b r t s z q e d - .
t@
pretend
b?@l&-&
.-.b..s
e l r e a d y pretended-..
t o dwindle
ts';, ki-&
...
to
hi I i n & - 4
I
I
I
. \
frfllo
-
hzs ElreFay been se1fi.h.p
t o be s e l f i s h
5 it& g
-
-
-I$
I
t
PII%.NING
FoI3.P.L
hzs a l r e z d y dwindled...
s elrezdy f e A d . - =
!
As it i s evident i n the t r h l e sbove, tk o n l y mc?ning tirded t o
verb w i t h e i t h e r of t h e fcrxx-1 s u f f i x e s i s t h e p e r f e c t i v e mening.
p e r f e c t i v e m a n i n ? is brr'uqht i.Lnnt by t h e c f f i x ; t i c n
t h e verb.
ef the -ma
It should 'x ncted thzt 211 t h e 21.; verbs he.vinij
the
This
suffix tr
f@rmls u f f i x e s
can c l s r t c k e m the -mz ilerivr.tirnn1 s u f f i x without f i r s t cf a l l d e l e t i w
the frrml suffix.
'
I
-- -59
59
On t h e o t h e r b>nd, if
i f pny nf t h e verhs w i t h t h c
frrm.1 suffir hes
.
t o b k e pny of t h c o t h e r c?criv.-tin~mls u f f i x e s , except *ma.
i
m d the a u x i i i o r
c ~ , u s c t i v cncrphcmc "sjh+rd", t h c form1 s u f f i x b s f i r s t of 311 t@
hc
deleted2
.,;.O:
Conclusicn:
:
obs.=rvat~On
.
From t h c fcrccpin:; pngliysis, scm
F i r s t l y , th-.t from
t h e !:cfut verb.
p
r r r n h r l r j - i c ; l viewpoint, t h e D a f u t
verbs ccn 'x? crruped i n t c se-Ten sy1l;hic
el&f2,sa~i?nBa
bc .q?upec? i n t r e i t h ,
Concerning- t h c ton-1 system
nf
s u f f i x c s was shown
:ph&%'j-,z,whilc
PS
The fnrmr c te
rcriifyinq t h c ver?.?e i t h e r sax=ntic,-lly cr Synt
the 1 a . t t e r f-rrs an insopprc&lc i'r-rt of t h e verb.
profcun? e x p l c i t T t i c m
of
reserve? f n r C h z p t c r 3 .
WE
;;
T h i r e l y , t h e s u f f i x e s T N h i c h ?ccc.IPpany t h e v e r '
werc cls.ssificr3 i n t o l r t h ?oriv,-.':i?nsl inr? f c r r w l s u f f i x e s .
nf
the verbs, s mf
: e r e prnvifierl r's req?rrds t h c ch-nqss i n t h e t o n e s cf t h e
finc.1 s y l l z h l c s -n?, s u f f i x e s .
gcry
' .!j
p c t t c r n s uhich ?re e i t h e r mnn,
t h r t t h e verhs czn c l s n
bi- cr tri-s,yll,-l,ic- Sec-r.?ly,
low t c n c or h&gh tone verbs.
can ?E a B e concerninq
. '.?..:-.~:-:IV
t h e c f f c c t s nf these s u f f i x e s
bts.
A
hrwwer, been
F r u r t h l y , ?.fter t e r s e l y p r o s e n t i n s t h e s c s u f f i x @ = ,
cxalr;ineC t h e co-cccurrence
srre r f t h e a'criv?tic.naZ suffixes-
cf
SOmf of
t h e verbs, befcrc %?kin<.;on any d e r i v r t i r n a l suffix, require8 thr i n s e r t i c n
c hrrcrr;znic nnsZ.1 kctween the vcrh -ncl t h e s u f f i x .
1
The c o n d i t i o n s unc?er
which t h i s b p p e n s \:?re c l s c crrffercrl i n t h i s ck-pter.
Thus, cftfr t h e ;.%?vc cxinim.ticn cf the v e r 5 cn? its m r + h r l o c ; i c . - l
c.-mc.ncnts,
rdice.1
WE
.?I-,=t h c
w i l l proceed, i n t h c next cb-pter, tr t h e sxarrh-tic.n cf t y . e
t.r$;umnts w i t h which it c.zn occur i n sentences.
'
This w i l f
Thc next
p L c c t h e v e r b i n 5rthescm-ntic cnc' -isiens.
a
!
ch-pter wi1l't"iercfrrc e n t t i l
7
cL-ssific,:ticm
scnsxtic c.n? s i m t p z t i c uiewppints
.
.../-
.;f
t h c v e r b from t h e
- 6 0 -
TIrl: VTRl FIWI“
_
I
_
_
3.0:
~-
r,
CMLrnR
3
SC!P.lWIC
-
2 m . C T I C VIEWPOINT
INTRODUCTION:
I m n t i c n c d i n t h e intrm?ucti?n t c t h i s rl&serti.tim tb.t thnugh
s e n - n t i c s ;.nZ svntcx cm k consi2crc.d i.s tw- inr?er.endcnt g r r m t i c F l
* i r c i i d i n e s , they c i n , howvcr, n r t k ccmpletclv dfsscci:.ted. rne from
the c t h c r .
Thus, i n t.his sr.ctinn, t h e - k f u t verb w i l l he sim1l;~neously
discussec? f r r n hoth t h e serwntic r n ? spt,-.cticv i e w n i n t s .
w i l l t h c r c f o r e bc w.-.dc
An
zttennt
,:t c l r s s i f y i n s tlx v c r h c n l l e c t e $ , t - k i n q
into
C o n s i S c r r t i m tho s c m n t i c -ne’ s y n t - c t i c ch;-r:.ctcristics m?nifcst& by
t h e s e vcr?Js.
L f t c r c l s s s i f y i n y t h e vsrhs 1 w i l l clso p r c s c n t t h e v e r b s
with t h e i r ; - r p m e n t s , a . t t h c scrrpntic l e v e l , ?.nr: I w i l l ,-.lsc z t tk
synt.:ctic
l e v c l , m e s c n t t h c vcrh snP t h e nunbsr of noun p r o n o s i t i o n s
w i t h which t h e < i f f c r e n t v c r l s cpn he e q l n y c d .
I use “ p r q o s i t d o n
here 2s user: by P i l l m r e <2s he s i y s tlt-t e p r m o s i t i o n is:
“ t h c verb,‘?nfi.e l l those norrhs.1 d e m e n t s which +re r e l e v e n t t o tkc
suhclpssi€ic,-tion nf t h e verbs9
It is f r o m t h e s c n k n t i c ;n;lysis
1
cf t h e verh i n r c l - t i r n t c its ,-rqu!?ents,
t h a t I w i l l P r v i P e t h e s y n k c t i c f m m i n which the verb c m e n t e r s i n c e ,
zccorc’inq
t o Fndor
Jenet,
”The s e n - n t i c s t r u c t u r e prnvirles i n f o r r y - t i m n e c e s e r y t o
r?erive
f r t h t h e s y n t z c t i c s t r u c t u r e ?.ne mccninci of sny s c n t m c e of t h e
1anqm.qe..
synbctic‘!’
3.7:
-
t h e d e f p senb7ntic structure i s s i m l t r n c c u s l y the dew
structurelz
Verb C l a s s i f i c F t i c n :
Rs it b-s ; l r e ? d y heen mcnticncc? i n t h e i n t r c h c t i o n t c this C h F t f r ,
t h e verb can bc c l n s s i f i e d e i t h e r f r o m
i
s e k - n t i c v i e w c i n t or f r - m a
sync- c t i c v i e w p i n t .
E t thc s y n t t 3 c t i c l e v e l , the v e r 5 s h-.ve bee7 clpssec? either i
~
o
, .
t r m s i t i v e or i n t r s s i t i v e vcr3s.
l.t t h e s o m n t i c level, the v f r h s
..../-
b.Ve
-
-
61
I
heen c l p . s s i f i e & act
!)
E i t h e r ’ F c t i c n , 1:imcess or s t z t e v e r b s -
2) ::enefcctivc,
c;t.i-n
T h i s classifi-
e x p e r e n t i c 1 or locetivc; verbs.
t i k c s i n t g i.ccrxnt thc c.~se.c.
rrhich t h e v e r k
i n t r i n s i c r . l l y suqr;est.
T h i s ~”cu1,a??ei n o p v o s i t i m t o
h z s i c verbs.
3 ) The verbs (prncess, ~ c t i c n ,st.itc) h-vr: r l s c been qrouped,
1. Ch7rle.s P i l l m r c
i n t%e%ey (197% : S e w n t i c s t r u c t u r s s pn? r e l r t i n n i n
Dutch:
G r p q 7 . r . George
Press, US.?..
2 . Po?.or & n e t
:iv
I.n intror?uction tc case
t w n Univcrsity
F.
17.
i n S t c n h m iioskey: I M P .
th.-t t h e d - i f f c r c n t v e r b s can t a k e i n c
?ccorr?inq t- t h e nurL%r -f c ~ s m
prcpositim
In clz.ss.if:-inc; t h e verbs s c m n t i c , - l l y , I w i l l f i r s t
Aistincticn b e t a e n
i:
;ne
“ b c s i c verb”
z.
of i.11
“derivcc? verb“ vr
i:
rt+empt a
verh which
t c k c s cn s - s c i f i c cnecs ;np c2.n t h c r e f c r c he i?entificc? with such cases.
Aefiniticn cf
“he
“b<-sic ver!?“ & i c h y r u l C e r e r q s f r c n t h i s P i s t i n c t i c n w u l ?
then k qc7;riteljr c!.:pli&
prc.cess cn.? st;te verbs ic?entifie<
t r - t h e :ctir.n,
bB
i n ikfut.
3.1.1:
Tasic Verb:
The ccncept cf t h e ‘%,-sic verb” h-.s Seen t r e - t c d !-y m n y l i n q i s t s .
‘he
wdwt
w-rks c?nccming this concept ?.re t h c s of Fillolcro (1965,1971!
1
2
C k . f e (1970), Anfierscn (1971) Cook (1972,1979)
I.cccrdinq t o C w k (1979)
most
.
t h e st;te verb ccn he c-nsieere?? as e b a s i c v e r b 2s he says:
*The s t c t e verb i s zssuned t c be besic, t h e process i s derive?. f r m tbC
,-ne
s t - t e by the i n c h o c t i v c ?.erivr,ticn
the C c t i c n i s EeriveC from t h e P r c e s 8
2
BY t h e n-usrtive r l e r i w ticn”.
T h i s a s s e r t i c n cifn h&vcr
not
‘jf
d i r e c t prncess hy which an ;&inn
r e z l l y rcliec? q x n k c a u s c t h e r e is no
v e r b ccn be Aerivecf frcn +. st.=teVerb*.
../-
,
-
-
62
-
With t h e c s c cf t h e % f u t vcrbs, it wulS, 5c noticeC t h a t one type of
verb cen '>e r?erivcr! f r n n sny o t h c r verb thxruqh the use of 8 i f f e r e n t
Ccok's zssertim t h e r e f p r o Coes n r t hcln with t h e Cafut verbs.
suffixes.
3
P.cccrding t o C h a f e (1970)
verb which t-kes cn n c i t h c r
i
it can k e Reduced th-t
F
b+sic v e r b is
hencfectivc, cxucricnce o r l o c z t i v e case.
T h i s n c t i o n II-s been tcrsclf !:wm s u m r i s e ? by Moskey (1979)
t c Noskey, a b e s i c vcrh cen ?E
nccorr'inq
.....
3
L?
Thus,
cwsiclerd as
verh A i c h ?res n o t &-.??e an c m m r i c n t i ? l , h f n c f i c i - r y ,
@r 1ocati.v
(ht)mst k v e a t lecst
$~cm$.!;am-:.>
i n its s e w n t i c s t r u c t u r e . . .
4
one object i n its c z s e frame."
In order tt. i.dcpt t h e i.?rve wre pl,-.usi:?le fiefiniticn. the f r l l o w i n q two
F i r s t l y , t h - t '-y sayinq t h ? . t t h e " b s s i c
r e c t i f i c t . t i r n s w i l l be m t h :
I_-
I
1. T h i s infcrr:?tic-m
L-.s '=en c o l l c c t e i i frcn: Stephen hoskey (1979) :
Ben2ntic s t r u c t u r e s ,%n.' i(E1;tions i n Dutch: 3.n I n t r d u c t i c n t o
-
G s e Gr,mmkr
2. Walter 6 ; Cack (1979) 1'.
26 q . s c G r r m r : Development of the Nztrix
197E) ,George thvn University
-
4.
Stei;hen haskey:
Press. U.S.A.
I b i s . P. 2 6 .
ver?P"nslst
h-ve ?t l c z s t , nnc chject i n its c s e fr,-n!e*
&WW#PW;i?
-
y'skey
ameas tc
Thi?
t h r t there c z n w t be zn e c t i c n v e r t w i t h m l y +n ?Sent.
is, h q e v c r , n n t true
l f v c l c m k-vc
..
2
cf
t h c n + f u t F c t i c n verb which, e t the s y n e c t i c
c o v e r t n h j e r t wMch nncs nr;t ob1ir;;torily Pmerr ct t h e
surf;.ce
..- .s.t r. u. c. t u~.r e cf
h s k c y ' s flcfiniticn
i
t n
prnpcsftien-
The seccnc? r e c t i f i c c t i n n is tbt for
.
he ccccntefl i n thc t r e t . t n e n t of t h e ?&ut verb; it
shcul? be
c?C1de?! t h r t t h i s supnoscfl >?.sic v e r h m s t ~
h=ve nc d e r i w t i c n t l
..
~
suffix.
k f t c r profcrinrj
i
r l e f i n i t i c n fer h,zsic verhs cnc7 p r r v i P i n g scme
.......................
.~
r c c t i f i c ? t i c n s , which w i l l cni,:Ac
.
.
this + c f i n i t i ? n 'cc ?:e-&rWzcd tcs t h e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I w i l l . p r c c c c d i n thc tr2,:tmnt
p r c s c n t work,.
. . . . . . .
.___
J- .~- .". .- .
.....
. . . . . . . . .
......
rf the d i f f e r c n t t Y P C S Cf
...
. . . . . . . . . . . .
.
I'
' I
.
'
L
'
k&
-
63
-
w
b
s 5 y q i v i n q t h e i r semantic and s y n t , - c t i c c h - . r ; c t o r i s t i c s r'n* t h e
n w b e r of z r q u m n t s o r
level.
CPPCS
which t h c vcrhs c i n t2ke ? t thc s c w n t i c
AS rcqar*s t h c s y n t F c t i c l c v c l . I w i l l 2 . 1 ~ 0-ive t h c n m h r
nrun chrFscs x,Thich tlic vcrhs cnn t;kc
3I 1.I
of
i n s i m l e !TWnsiticns.
-0: = ? s i c V e r 5 s znri t h e i r r7rmmnts:
In ?.ssiqinc;
CPSCS
t b c e l o m n t s whikh shew t h e vzlency of t h e vcr-,
tc
I deem it neccspcry t c vrrceed z s f r l l m i s :
e? I> r?&finitinn nf t h c types of
c~ses-
b) h l i m i t z t i c n 4 t h e num'rr r f c z s c s necesszry f e r t h e vsloncy
of c vcrb.
c) L p r c s c n t r t i - n -f t h c l i n k between s c m n t i c c z s c rrlcs ?nd t h e
s y n t p c t i c nmn phr,-ses w h i c h occur with t h e vcrh.
c.
c ) AccorfiinG to Cw,k (1979) t h c r e ?!re t w n w i n csses ncmely o v e r t c?se r r l E S
2 n l c o v c r t cisc r r l c s .
Concernini: thcse cpsc r r l c s '-n? t h e i r r e k t i r . n s h i -
Iqith ver!>s, Cook (1979) scys th?t c c s c cr?.m?.r i3rcscnts:
.
' I . .
2
F.
p i c t u r e r f qrrlrrcIr hilt ‘-mum? z c e n t r c l verb-
v,-lcncc, c ? r
p
set
mf
T h i s berb b.S
r'cncnfency r c l z t i c n s , which s n r i n q frni? t h r v c r h -
Thcsc .'cnenZency r c l r t i r , n s ,-.re express4 ?yc,?sc) r n l e s *I'
Cs
resarrls t h c s c c i s c r r l c s , C w k ( 1 9 7 9 ) c l c s s i f i e s thesc c a s c s i n t o
2nr: c v e r t r n l c s .
smetirras
I.ccnrdinq
t r , Cnnk ( 1 9 7 9 ) ,
a*.
,?F
CClVCrt
Covert c ; s g < g r e tbose.:which
occur i n surf,-.cc s t r u c t u r e ;.n? somctines
o t h e r I-4,nS.. Cook refers t- Overt cases
*@2
1
$3
nct.
t h c s e which i r e
On t h e
iI?Q?liea
by the
-1
d > l i c . - t c r y i n tile surfece s t r u c t u r c -
1 ) Cldter I . . Conk (1979): Cnse Grt-mer:
Development rf t h e k - t r i x W ~ d e l
(1570-197G) G.U.P.
.../-
P. f22.
- 6 4 -
Par t h e mnent, we w i l l cnntent o u r s e l v e s w i t h this terse presenbtfon
of t h e types of v c r k s i n c e t h i s S i t & - , t i m w i l l 3e exnloitec? cnre pmfrundly
when I w i l l >e t r w t i n c j t h e 5isic verbs.
h) I . f t e r introckcinc; t h e t y c e s of
of c,-.ses which w i l l I=
t h e wnrk of Cook
PS
I w i l l . slsr l i m f t t h e array
C,-SCSr
nccesszry f o r t h i s weer, h s i n r i t h e limit-:tion
review& 5y 1-nskey ( 1 3 7 9 ) .
c91
f s c c r a i n q t o Cook (1976)
it is necessary t o rccluce t h e nunher of r r q u n e n t s ?x?c~usc:
"The f c w c r ' t h c num5er nf cr'scs i n
i'
Given c.-se qr.?m-r m?el, t h e
mrc o & t r , - c t t h e ror'ol is imd c l o s e r t o q e n e r z t i v e s c w n t i c s .
c i s c s d c ' e d , the mre enncretc t h e r-opel ?xxcEs ;.n?
The rimre
f u r t h e r removed f r o m
1
ccnerctive ser:.ntics."
The above n s s e r t i - n 3y C,:rk
is. %:.set? cn t h e r ' i s t i n c t i r m vrhich he m - k ~
2
ktv?ccn prnpositionr.1 and nr.clz.1
Lccorfiing t o Cook ( 1 9 2 9 )
C~SCS-
there
f c r c , p r c n c s i t i c n a l ciiscs i r c tk-we tgkich i'rc rcq.uirc8 i n vFricus c r m k i n a t i r n s i n c r ? e r for t h c m-ninc; ~f the verb
t h e o t h e r hr?nr?, tri re+-rAs coc'.~l
CFSCS
sc'
t C
!x f u l l y ea.:ressec?- On
thcse which src n o t indispcnszblc
for t h e v,-lencv r f e verb. I n Fmskey (19731, it i s re;liseP th-t F i l l f i n r e
3
(1971) provicke cn inventcry nf n i n e cpser- at Conk's m&l, thaugh
hzsed on F i l l n r r c ' s m<cl prrviCss t h e fnll.7jing
f i v e i?rnposition?.l
gent, Ogtjcct, r c n e f i c i a r y . Ioc-tim <-nd &rm5enccr.
2s
rentir'ned ;':nvc.
w i t h r c t i r n , Irrccss in? s'c-~tc v e r k .
<?.nnci n r y t r c i t n e n t of t h c 3 - f u t v c r 5 s C~SCS
C~SCS:
This inventory
encrqe? i s ,- r e s u l t -f t h & 2 i s t i n c t i c n x.?hich Cook
( 1 5 7 9 ) il'tkos ktTgeen n r c z c s i t b o n e l p,nd m&i1 C i l s C s .
CASCS
4
Cock e p p l i e 3 the-c
T h i s is what will a l s o he
I n u s i n s these Frcpositienal
outlinefi ?w C c r k , I w i l l not h e w v c r n e i:pore t h e modal cpses
which rcccriJin:: t r Cork ( 1 9 7 9 ) c r c t h e fnllOwing: time. Cpuso ('2s).
aur3ose. r e s u l t (Rs) a benncr (m)
(inclur'in::
Instrument, Outer
knefpc-
These m & l ceses w i l l !:e taken i n t o
t u r f ( = e ) znp Outer locp,tive (k,).
consi$cr;tirn
hecrucc i n s n i t o cf t h c f;ct
t h r t they c?c n c t neccs.szrk1ly
e n t e r i n t o rro:-,c,sitions, i n or?.zr t o fully ex7rcss t h e mecninq ?f verba.
t h i s 5nes n o t i i m l y th-t t h e s e mx%l c ~ s c szre n c t meninrrul when they
grc rrscd i n sentcnces.
1) Cnnk i n bbskcv (197'2):
SeW.ntic S t r u c t u r e s >.ne Re1;ticns
i n Dutch: I.n
Introduction t n Czse G r e m . r , GuU-P.
2 ) Welter 2..
U S . L ' P - 12
Cork ( 1 9 2 9 ) : Cznc Grzm-~r:Develcwnent of t h e i'atrix M o c k 1
(1970-l9iZC)
G.U.P.,
US&.,
Pa 8 7 .
3 ) F i l l r e r e i n ibskey: I h i d , P. 1 1 .
41 W?,lter I.
Cnric ( 1 3 7 9 ) : 15i8,. P.'87.L
..
*/-
i
-
65
-
cf I.ftcr introducinq covert rnr' o v e r t czsc r o l e s rn? r?elimitinq the
c:ses,
I iwnld ?.ttcm:t ,-t l i h k i n q the sem-ntic cn? syntc.ctic c r i t c r i c
U S C A i n sclectin:;:
the <?e:xxx?cnt cl.ements which r c c u r with t h e & f u t v e r b -
This l i n l c w i l l % est; 'ilishe?,
?
';
s i n q ry judqcmcnt on F i l l m r c (1'371
'i')
whcrc hc st.?tcs th-t:-
C
"If t k r c i s in i.;cnt),
is i-n I.%trumnt,
ic thc O b j e c t "
it :~comcst h c ::u:>jcct.
,zro qr.t throu.;h
?ccor"inrr
tr.
othcrwisc, if t h c r c
Othcrvise, thc s u b j e c t
1
a s s e r t i o n i-esumfs th:t
'The ;+ve
vcr!,
it L~comrt h c zu:ijcct:
F
t h c syntc.ctic s u 3 j c c t or r:bject of the
s u b j e c t s c l e c t i r m hicri-rchy which r;nks
cases
,
t h & i r r c l a t i v e inn>crt;.nce i n convcyinc; i n f o r m t i o n w k c t h c
cr n o t t h i s i n f c r w t i c n is : x c s c n t i n F
qivcn s e w n t i c s t r u c t k e .
The,
a s s e r t i o n s of 4 t h FoAor , mentioned ei.,rlier I rn" Fillmra, referred t o
i m e ? i r t c l y - 5 r - m . iarcvc tb-t i n t h e irirm?r of
qiven t c t h c scmr.ntic
'.FSC
-f
which
CKC
lanqueqc, D r i o r i t y is
scntcnccs s i n c e t5.is k , s e ci.ntcTins ;11 the
r c l e v i n t i n f o r r ; t i c n which cr-n
This "i??p:7in;;"
i
+s "l?zrnc?"
on t h e sentence s t r u c t u r e -
can k. &ne thrcwch t h e i;ni.:licr7ti-n -f t r - n s f r r r , - . t i c n rules
qmtrctic.
Thus,
<-
s-ynt-ctic s t r u c t u r e is u s u r l l y *criVcC? fr@m
sem-ntic 5 7 . s ~ . This c s s c r t i c n w i l l '.f ic'hcrroa t o i n t h e t r e i t m n t of
F
t h e L . i ; f u t verb5 rn.-: t h e e l e m n t s w i t h vhich they r'iccur.
be note" t b t t h e verbs Actcrninc t h e nulr-r
It should alsc
cf arquments w i t h vhich
they mst occur.
1.fter t b e f{-rewini; i n t r + x c t o r v nDtes, I w i l l nroceed 5v
resenting
t h e k s i c verbe .=s prrcess, ,-cticn, ;.n? s t r t e verhs, tc:ether w i t h t h e i r
th-.rsctcristics t o s e t h e r w i t h t h e n u l r h r of clcments w i t h which t h e s e
verts czn occur.
3.1
-
1.1 :
Emit a c t i c n ver>s :-
The deefiniticn which hzs '-lre.-r?y k e n qivcn for %,sicv e r k holds
t r u e fr.r :><-sic
r c t i c n verhs.
...
*/-
characteristics
mf
+sic Ectinn v c r ? x , t h c nurbcr c.f rrquments the
P i f f c r e n t h c s i c verbs czn rcceive.
I w i l l elsr? p r e s e n t th c c t i r n verbs
.I
n n t just 2s
2
? > r s i c ver!? b u t
l c c e t i v c r c t i - n verbs.
FS
e i t h e r an e x n c r i c n t i , t l , !?onef,-ctive or
In 3.efinin.; e c t i n n ciiescasr iz&fe, W753i3k-y~the ac
I
vcr"s ere v2r1-s v.hich:-
!
,
Fillmcrc i n inskey (1379) : S e n - n t i c E t r u c t u r c s i n a X e l - t i r n s i n Dutch:
1)
€.n i n t r - h c t i c n t r Cssc GrF.mrr, G.U.P,
I,
...cmress
P. 7
.
...
;n '-ctivity c r s r m t h i n r ; which snFecnc hi.s ?cnc o r %Cs
€.n s c t i c n sentcnce d l l znswcr t h c ;xer;ti.cn
" w b t ?i?X
1
-IC?"
In t h i s
czsc, X is t h c ;.ctnr.
1,s c c h r r , - c t c r i s t i c , a n ?cti,mzcq%the scnFntic l c v c l h;s ;.t lchst pne
o b j e c t which i s ,-ffectc,' ' Y - c + i m 5-f ictim-i su~c;cstclzIhy t h c verh.
the s p t - c t i c l e v c l , t!x? ; c t i m berh i n , c f u t
c r n lu; rcq;r?c.E
7.5
i
7.t
tr,-n-
s i t i v e verp thcmgh it i s n r t i n 2.11 occurcnces t h i t this vcrh c ? > l i ? i t c r i l y
.
e.kcs Pn iln o b j c c t ;t ths s u r 5 cc l ~ v o l . This is the c-cc w i t h nne-pl;cc
b2si.c r c t i n n vcr'hs yehick w i l l 'w t r c z t e ? . k t c r r n i n t h e chmtcrIccnrrlinq t o Ghosh,
"A vcr!? is sai.? t e ?xtransitive when t h c c c t i o n o r s t . > t c t 4 a t
it denotes i s rec;rr:e?
2
AS
m s s i n q over t o en object-"
In cccord;ncc ndth tk. ?'-me s e f i n i t i c n , on- c;n
!>&ween z s c w n t i c z c t i r n vcr!;
i n f e r c: r e l a t i o n s h i p
i ~ n ?i s p t ; - c t i c t r e n s i t i w verb-
This
e e f i n i t i c n ~ r e s u ~ ~ ~ t~h corsc c
f osr c , th-t the t r c t n s i t i v c vcrh mst o h l i v t o r i b
h ~ v ca t
lccst me o!>jcct i n t h c surf;ce s t r u c t u r e of
t h i s vcrh is enleyec?.
apply
to
Such
.?
sentence in which
2,
presupimsitdon hcwever c?oes n o t neCCSSs.rilY
the surfi.ce s t r u c t u r e of mx?-pl;.ce a c t i o n vcr:.s i n % f u t *
~
From t h e fcreqcinr; a n a l y s i s . it &s
heen mentione4 tk-t vcr'-s czn
i n t o one-nkce,
67
-
two-rdaces -nr? three-pl,-ces brsic verbs.
mind, znc? k v i n q prnfcrre?
i!
With t h i s i n
d e f i n i t i o n o f r hi.sic z c t i c n k r b and i t s
sem-ntic zn.1 rmti.ctic c h . - r r c t e r i s t i c s ,
1 w i l l f u r t h e r Present t h e
.I
h c s i c , - c t i r n ver? i s ?Tcinc! e i t h e r
3.1
.I .1 . I :
rl
cnc-nlzce,
twc-dsces cr three-pl,-ce
One-plece :>?sic ,-cti-n vcrhc:
3 ) A noun descrihinc;
r3
co-te
noun tinderst&?.
- 6 e 4) An c d j c c t i v c q w l i f y i n q t h c c-m-te ncun undcrstcoi!.
5) i. coc;nc-tc noun emrcssc? by
.?ut i n Oafut. t h e
t ~ 3 c
nf
m.
c r m z . t e c b j c c t s noticed f r r m t h c d i t r 7 -&&
fer thc urcsant t 7 w k prc thosc rvhich i.rc ccc,nctc i n "th
f c r m and w n f n r j .
Thus, t h c fcllowina vcr?s h-vc 3ccn c l c s s i f i c 6 s
: n n c - p l ~ c e hasic c-,ei!>n
" t o berk"
"to crurjh"
" t o >znce'*
'Yr 3lect'
"tc qrcnm"
"to yawn"
"tc s h q c j e r "
" t o stammer"
"tp Src? t h "
" t o pl.-y"
" t o socek"
"tc m"'
,....
. .
"to suck"
The
verhe c,-n %c usee i n sentcnccs to i l l u s t r i t e i n s t r n c c s
7-c
o z r t i ; l l y cevcrt .-E* t r . t = l l y c c v c r t cise r o l e s :
..
.1) 1t.P.Ghcsh
A:
(1960)
30
: Good Z n c l i s h sookcn, Fnd w r i t t c n :
p- 6 5
I l l u s t r r t i c n r.f w r t i ~ l l yCovcrt roles:
.I)
\
&
k+a
. 2)
.
?< Pz3
... 3 )
Ill$
d>
ll&
.
, . ~.
"I
rlm
runnip:.
P
racc"
"I am c a t l n q .fc.M"
a&
"I
wyk
"I 'am &*
.
.
I
clm
u r i n r t , h q ,urine"
..../-
. ..
.
. ...,
1r.uqhtcr'
,
.
.f
.
5)
I&
yh'A
-
"I am crying"
'
kw
6)
69
In the c%-mnles
*I
~')CVC.
2.m
couqhinc;
'7
ccuc;h"
it c r n '7c rc,-lisc< tb-t once the verh is user' without
I
m y srxcific<-tims, the ?cccmp,znyinq n h j c c t , thouc;h n r t emressed either
z t the s u r f c c c s m - n t i c ?r s y n t ; c t i c s t r u c t u r e s . is iinmceiintely undeEr
stcsc?. Ls ccvert rclos, thcsc c b j e c t s cm hcwever
somntic
Fnfl
!-E
d d a C .-tt h e surface
s y n t a c t i c levels yqithrut hrwever cfidin:; t o t h e metninc; of
t h c sentence-
!
!
,
.C
F o r the a h v c sentnnccs t h c p - r t i s l l y ccvert r-lcs .-re
rosnectivcly:
1) n+;
I.
2)
"fr.?d*'
a rrce"
&&l
3i
. .
"urine"
\
4)
n+v&
5)
....
''12 ucjhter"
......
'*
6 ) Ak&g
2
ccuqh"
The ~-?:-ve cc:-;n-tc ,-.".jects,h ~ v csiri1;r fcrms in? mez.nincs tc t h e fnms
of thc verbs a s s c r t e r ' L%!psh0,6€i
3: I l f u s t r - t i - n
(1960)''
-f t o t a l l y C c v ~ r trlcs:
T o t c l l y ccvcrt zrlcs i r c thcsc 7,hich ct.n never cccur +t e i t h e r ti-e
surfzce
s u r f r c e s e m i n t i c cr s y n c - c t i c hs t m c t u r c s .
T h i s s i t u t t i m c,-n he
i l l u s t r p t c d w i t h t h c fcllrwinc; scntcnces:
'.,
m< Sh+'+t.\
"I e=. hiccui>i-,incJ"
d
na
"I i.m hflchinc;"
c?As
>,
r'
Sin&
"I z m +ncinr;''
m%i
&g'
"a
mhb
!A';,
"A dcg is barkinq"
yjb kwkk5
qcct is Slcatinci"
"The f o r d is queckinq"
CQntr?.ry t n t h e i 1 l u s t r ; t i r n s i n
r.
above, showin? vcr5s c i t h p * r t i c l l y
Covert o b j e c t rclcs, the i l l u s t r s t i c n s i n 2 shnw t h - t t h e verrjs ccn n w e r
t n k c cn ?ny o > j e c t .
...J-
-
-
70
1
In t h e two sets cf scntences. th-uqh therc is scmf a c t i v i t y suqcester? >y
t h e vcr's,
t h i s a c t i v i t y is n c t &fectin-; "ny Ajcct.
s h w t b - t either t h c -:;cnt
er t h e s u S j e c t (sc,rc-.ntic ?nil syntc.ctic
d i s t i n c t i r m s ) is i n v r l v e e i n cn c c t i v i t y .
can hc
th-t cmtr;ry
sF.i?
The ver% mcrcly
t c thc
c.:
I t is cn t h i s 's,tsis, th-t it
i n i c n s h c l l f-y Picskey (1979) r n ? Crr k
I
(1979), t h e r e ccn !x rno-pl;ce
':e
n m l y s i s , t h c v c r h c;n
c.cticn vcrlx in :;z.fut.
From tho fcrecrinq
tr h-ve t h e fcllowinq s c Q n t i c >n<?synt;l&ic
s?ic'
surf; c c s t r d c t u r e s :
1 ) Surfz-ce so*.ntic
structurc:
EL,27 /
iteletprb1e.
O-
cese is d c l e t r h l e when t h i s c?se i s p r r t i z l l y c c v e r t .
me oSjcct
3ut when t h e o b j e c t
cesc is t n t i - l l y c c v e r t , i t r?ces n - t cccur i n t h e s u r f r c e s c w n t i c s t r u c t u r e .
- NP
2) Syntzctic surfece surfrce structur3 :
1
+ VP + NP i
2-
a,
-aeictchie.
- role
I n s i t u a t i r n s whcre t h c Np,
is w r t i z l l y m v c r t it is m t i - n s l r n d
sc it czn he i'e1cts.hl.e -n? y e t un+erstwx? rt the ~ G C Ps y n t r c t i c s t r u c t u r e .
1JD
2
howcvcr +es
n c t occur srith vcr!:s
which e x c l u s i u c l y re7circ t r t e l l y
c o v e r t c r s c r o l e s .=s i?ez@nc?e$ 5v thc s c l c c t i v e npture rf t h e ver'-r.
3:l.l.l
-2:
Two-;>l,-.ce!--sic c c t i r n v c r y s -
1.n ainnlysis cf t h e d=.tz 9.r t h is w r k shcve? th-t 3@3
t r e z t c d is t:yo-pl;cc
hpsic ,*cticn v c r 5 s .
TWQ n l r c c '-.rsic F c t i - n vcrh-
wi1.I !,c tre-tc? herci ,-s t h w o <-cticn verhc which
at
c o x n u l s o r i l y t;,-.ke on an ;.z;ent cn? on object case:
syntectic l c v c l , t h e y
Phase
(m, 1
surfics s c q - n t i c l : ~ . v e l
w h i l e -t t h e s u r f a c c
c r e o 5 l i q r t o r i l y acmm,-niec? 5~
enr'. ,m c 5 j e c t nmn .~.hrese
(NP2).
i m - l i e e '-.Yt h c ver'; ;-n6 r;hich cnrqmlsnrily
strUcturc:s + r e w & t
G1cnsc.n c i l l s "st;',.hle
vcr"S czn 5 e
?
s u h j e c t noun
These elements which irc
pi>peir
w i t h the very- i n s u r f p c c
clerents.."
1
I n accord;.na
trro-nipcc hFsic i c t i r n ver!?s w i l l h-ve t F e
v&th t h e fcrc.;-rini; apkr&&5,
followinci s u r f p c e s t r u c t u r e s :
S e m n t i c S t r u c t u r e : L-A
-
,dj
Synt;-ctic o t r u c t u r c : P N P l
+ YP +
...
*/-
-
NP27
,
The aqcnt nf t h c
-
FFfUt
-
c c t i o n vcrh c;n
.'y c r n c r c t e rqcnte o r su:-jcct.
which h v c a
71
PS
the
CPSC
cithcr 'w ccncrete rr
&&#&e
may SC, I m a n t h o s e su5jccts
h y s i c i 1 q z - l i t y which can he rerceivcrl hy r q r c r t e r PCP
1
r o r t i c n of t h e humn senses-
This c;n
!ic i l l u s t r i t c d by the fcllowinc;
sentences:-
A
VP
0
,
--
2)
*
I
v
NP
1
t u< n
sin
I
I
I
w
v
VP
N?
2
(Not?: The f i r s t scntcncc t40ve n-Ices u s e
cf
s c w n t i c l i . h & l s while
,s
t h e sco-nr' scntcncc m-kcs use cf synt'-ctic l:'-els.)
t h e r e ?re snm v i t h r u t ,- ' . h y s i c - l q u c l i t y .
Fotent fnrcc."
1
I n s t m c e s wherc *:!xtrrct Potent forces cpn * c t i's ;Tents
or su5jGcts rrc. il1ustr:tcfi
44
Such r g e n t s / s u b j e c t s ?re
i n t h c sentences %elm:
.
&
v/
I.!>str. 2ot.
V?
N21
(Note:
NP2
Sentences 3 and 2 ?re (iivcn semintic i.nP s y n t e c t i c l,-hles
resr?cctively. I
I-fter
mescntinq
2
d c f i n i t i o n nf two-nl,-cc
f u r t k r :-resent :s n s ; l e of thc 300 two--,laco
..../-
Zction vet?=, t h e i r s u r f x c
action ba3s which were
found i n t h e d i t ? .
72
-
!
&?tcr Onr I w i l l c n n s t r u c t s i n s l o simlc sentence-:
t O
6eiz-nstrF.tc hcw t h e s c verb c;.n k usee?.
nf
t h c vcrks:
HCZC thcrcfcrG i s
p
sanplc
I
1. Stephen tioskey (197'3) : S e m n t i c - S t r u c t u r c s
,-ne
r c l r t i c n s i n Dutch P. 37
,
" t o brc,- k"
qhbr;
"to F u i l A "
"to insult"
;ihhr$
"to cure"
"to burn"
1%
" t o conk"
"tc c; t $sor@thinc:
Hard) "
crhi'j
"to grincl"
"tc hunt"
"tr
dig"
:
"tr. 5ite"
"to f o l d "
''tc w7sh"
"tc
"to s c l e c t "
" t o poison"
"tr f i l t r e "
mtn
era,
F.c*ishn"
"to cztch"
"to
SlilP"
"tc r'?coivc"
"to
l~.OSC"
"to unroot"
"t" press"
" t o sh-ke"
"to '7; ther"
1 ;.I
" t n wipe"
" t o unccver"
i I,
" t o s.rcep"
" t o sen?. ,-.wry'
"tc, lift"
"tc c u l t i v i te"
"tv
tcuch"
si?lit"
" t n hclri"
" t c null"
" t c -en"
"to ?:&crce
" t c cr,-ck*
'!
i
I<
j
.
,
~
1'i I
I
:
It ;
ti i
/
q . : c n t c r sui:jcct in.'
onc-;il;cc
3; 1.1 .I
r r ccm:.letcly 7
Thrce-pl;.co
.3:
5~11"
P
T h i s i s u n l i k e t h c c?.se with
cmc cl>jcct.
Rctic n vcr5s *heraw thc c-bjcct r f t h c sfntcnces
'::sic
',e r::tirn;l
-
"I em c,-tchinc;
R ) mi kd h j r h
rc iuirc n
:,
73
c,:n e i t h e r
e n t - t t h e s u r f z c c s t r u c t u r c cf sentenccs.
bsic
; c t i r
n vzrk:
e
F n l l c , i n : : thc & f i n i t i o n .-:i-ven i n s c . c t i r n & - I - 1 , of
E'
!?p.sic verF,rnd
t h c r c c t i f i c ; tirvns :, r' ' v s c < i n cr:'.cr t c w k e t h e c k f i n i t i - n ;ds:?t,-??le
t@
t h - t t h e r e e x i s t three-:-lecc 5 o s i c acti.nn
t h c L'E'.fut ver'r;,
it c-n '.c s,:ir'
vcr':s
These vcrhs c r n c n t c r i n t c c r n s t r u c t i r n s w i t h t h o fol!r.wijc:
i n L',-fut.
syntsctic rnA s e w n t i c s u r f r c e s t r u c t u r e s :
s-7
surfzce s m + n t i c structure:
surfpce s y n t F c t i c s t r u c t u r e :
EP,
+ YP + NP 2+ ~ 3-p
- 7 .
The 3 n v e fr,-nes sh.m.r th-t thrce-i?l,-cc :;?sic c c t i m vcrts cklic;:.tcrilv
:
~ T V Cnne
c,;ent ,-t t h e s c r s n t i c l e v c l er r n e s u 5 j e c t noun i;hr?se P P I )
.
.
;t t h c s y p r t c - c t i c l e v e l ,-nd two n5ject ncun phrzses.
I n mcl-jsin<: t h c iii-t<-.
f c r t h i s .pz-er, 1 2 v e r h s were frunr? t c he %sic
three-nL:co
a c t i c n vcrbs.
tis;
ts3.'3.t,
These vnrhs inclufie:
" t o r'ccupy smcc ( u n t i d i l y )
k,-.rtsa
<
'
A
"to e n c i r c l e "
"tr cjrect"
Iwins$
" t c fill UT''
I&&
"tc Pull
s;gsa^
"to t - n t , - l i z c "
tb&
"t*s h r c t '
A
:
<C\Un"
a
I.
C
a
;
..../-
"tc frrce"
11
.
,
Xhen t h e ;l?ove verb srf a c d i n s e n t e n c e s , it is re.dise3 -%.acjcnt (semantic) or s u b j e c t (syn*ctia)
~c7ye i t h e r relnte t h e two
o b j e c t s t o each o t h e r 2nd cnuse t h n r t o i n t e r c c t with ei-ch other, o r i n e n t i ;
one &ject <>s t h e o t h e r -
The 4 t t e r case w i s however n o t i c e d only w i t F
t h e verh.
i n '- sentence such a s :
I.
VP
0
0
Concerninr; t h e o t h e r three-plzcc !>?.sic ;.ction verbs, it w i s r e o l i s s d
th-.t t n c sc:ccn? o 3 j c c t c i s e or Np3 was usui.lly renrescnted Sy an i n s t r u rxmt;l
c,-sc-
p t
thc r r r s n t i c lcv.%P. A t t h e syntsctic l e v e l , t h i s o h j e c t
is rcnresentcd z s i
V3'
T h i s s i t u a t i o n is i l l u s t r a t e e hy t h e Sentences
?3s$w:
"I ax. covcring food w i t h food.#*
"I am f i l l i n r ; up
A
VP
0
R
pot with water"
0
"I d m t r i q e r i n q a ?one with t h e hand"
NI'1
VP
NP2
NP3
"1 a m cleaninq a punwkin w i t h n knife"
NP1
VI7
m2
NP3
(Note: Sentences 1 and 2 are l a l x ~ l ofor
~ s e Q n t i c functions, w h i l e
s e n t e n c e s 3 and 4 *re lrhellefl for s y n t a c t i c f u n c t i o n s )
.../-
-
-
75
0
The sentences shovo shcw t b t t h e verb relaem the two.ctjects to each t h t
and makes them t o i n t e r a c t w i t h ccch othcrThe foreqoins a m l y s i s h?s presented t h e ;.&ion
verb from t h e vi=-
p o i n t of t h e n m k r of erquments which t h c b a s i c a c t i o n v e r b cnn take.
Jut pp?!rt from c l a s s i f y i n g n c t i o n v e r h accordin9 t o t h e numher of arguments
verbs are besic or n o t , the a c t i o n
znc! e c o r e i n q t o whether t h s e *&ion
ver:,
can clso bo consifiercrl
PS
k i n o e i t h e r honefi.ctivc,
l o c r t i v c or
emeriential
3
6
1.1.1.4:
-
A c t i o n l x n e f a c t i v e v e r b s : L-A,
0, 2 /
Sone 221 nction verhs were discovcrr2d frm t h e & t a r t o f a l l . under
I
I
the c l a s s nf henefpztive vcrhs.
Accnrdinq t o Cook (1370),
t i v e verbs f l e ~ with
l
nadn, loss o r t r a n s f e r of r r o n e r t y t
I
~ O S S C P S ~c
Sr
c a s e which r c f e r s to thr: nsrson rvho
rcquireii hv t h e m;.ninc! of b n c f i . c t i v e vcrhs-
"
--
Bbenefnc-
The h e n e f i c i e r y
loses sonething..
. is
The henefactnr m y s i n p l y
posses or lose s o r e t h i n g ; o r t h i s possession n r l o s s m y c n m shout as
t h e r e s u l t ~f pn ;.&ion
hv Fn rgent."
!
1
The
d e f i n i t i o n w i l l hc
e m l i e ? t o t h e h f u t ver5s nnr' t h u s , when l a t e r on i n t h i s chppter I w i l l
he t r e s t i n c rrocess ?nP s t r t n v c r ' s ,
t h e f i e f i n i t i n n $!ill stil:. hold true.
Accordin? t o Cook's Aefinitirm t h e r e f o r e l t h e flollowiny cnn be regarded as
Senefzctive verbs.
1 . Cook i n C'oskey, 1979: S e w n t i c s t r u c t u r e s ,=nd Rel?tions
i n Dutch
P. 63
I
" t o wee'd"
&
SiiW?
"to work"
twonJ"
.,
"to siese"
"to rerd"
"to tar, wine"
I
"to receive"
y+6
"to refun?:'
"to take"
"to c u l t i v r t e "
" t o he selfish''
.
f
kwit.2
2-
"to help"
. .
-4
-
!
.'i
?
t s w hg
"to sw?tch"
b>.': <
" t o dress
ghk?
" t o cure"
.
..
A
" t o i1cnFte"
ts3.r;
" t o decifle"
..
+?i
"to
wo-:nd"
i.
t!na,'n
76
huy"
yhr2
* t o steal*
1&-
"tc win"
.
Uhen s e w of t h e v e r k r . b v e rre use? i n sentences, t h e 7,enefrctive
c p s e is suriqesteA
1 ? ~ the
existence
Of
i m e A i p t e l v mecodes t h i s ?wnefrctive
is %bo"
r
n i r c c t i r n r l nronosition w k i c h
CPSC-
This P i r e c t i o n a l n r e v s i t i o n
d L c h hne t h c f n l l m i n o interr,ret;.tinns:-
"to,"
ml>o :
"for"
"on t h e 'yh-lf cf"
"fmm"
The use of t h e h n e f n c t i v c ,pcticn vcr*'s cpn '-e i l l u s t r ? t e + hy t h c sentences
he1ov:-
A
.
0
El
fii nh;. rnbo wo
J J.. .
A
..
mb.
yh& ml+
rho wr,
0
E
\
B
A
A
,J--
n
0
I T
with "for"
"I ~m s e l l i n s met t o you"
0
0
Tvi
a
i3
*. */-
"I
PD
huyina n r t f o r you
with 'on kblf n f "
A
B
0
-
-
L t t h e s y n t a c t i c l e v e l , t h e b e n e f s t i v e Ptztir'n verh e n t e r t h e /-NFl+VPkNPZ/
nnttom-
After v r c s e n t i n a t h c a c t i o n v e r h r k v c as h n e f n c t l h a e a c t i o n vert
I w i l l proceed hy nresentinq t h e s e ver's
3
also
PS
locrtive rction v e h .
Action Locative Ver.hs:
1L1.1.5:
I n t h c c o ~ u sfro? t h c p r e s e n t work, I discovcrerl tht there were 5 0
r c t i n n vcri-rs which cpn
nf
CFSCS
C m k (1976)
ps
%e cmsirterer'
as l o c c t i v e s .
According t o
v i w d hy Iioskey (1979):
"Locetive v e r h inuolve P s p , - t i r l n r i c n t - t i o n ,
an o h j c c t fir nersnn-
locptinn
cIr
situption
of
All lot-time ver5s r q u i r e F. l o c a t i v e case i n t h e i r
s e w n t i c s t r u c t u r c d t h w q h t h c s y n t a c t i c v7lency cf som verhs allows it
tn
be deloted i n s u r f n c c s t r u c t u r e .
hy
itsalf
o r as
The object mry m towards P l o c a t i n n
r e s u l t of F r e n t i v e i n t c r v c n t i m "
1
It is t h i s f i e f i n i t i o n t h r t w i l l ?e edherrcd t o i n t h e treatment of
I w i l l a l s o i n this
m-ccess an6 s t a t e verbs l n t e r rh i n t h e c h n t e r .
scctirm i l l u s t r F t e , with sentences, cases whcre t h e l w , - t i v e cise is imliec
hy t h e v e r b a t t h e d e e p s c w n t i c l c v e l but d e l e t c d
level.
pt
t h e surfi.ce syntactic
F c l l m i n g Cnok's d e f i n i t i r n therefcre, t h e f o l l h v i n a verbs are si.::.^:
of t h e s e a c t i o n verhs vrhich o!-,lii.;.torily
requirc
i
.
lccative crsc r t h t h
thc s o n e n t i c pnrl s y n b c t i c s u r f t c e s t r u c t u r e .
, *
s> 1 .
"to
ywi'i:
insert"
*
b. 1..
"to s t m d "
'*to reach
&&
" t o spray*
mi&$
"tc imncrsc"
IhrS
"tn qlide"
tsa
"tn
I
no
f e t c h w r t e r " y$q.%t= " t c lcpn with t h e back eqa-inst
..../-
- m -
&
" t o qo"
dn;
"to hang UP"
siwi * i
" t o Dour"
liLn&
"to h i d e o n e s U f a
I
n
'
.
9
:
\.
swiins;
" t o throw"
f<S
"to c r u c i f y "
"to r u t in"
" t n splash"
-___ -1.
I
._
Cook i n 1-oskey (1979)
.
f
l
P. 7 7
L .
In ordcr t o i l l u s t r F t e the occurrence of t h e l n c z t i v e c z s e s of these a c t i o n
"Wzter i s q l i d i n g on the nround"
L
k
"I i m t h r m i n q met on t:-e arnund"
A
0
L
Froo thc sentences n h o v ~ .it c:n
3e seen th-t t:w 1mr.tive ease ;Ppw.rs a t
t h e s e m n t i c surf.-ce structure.
A t the nynL7ctic s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e , this
sm.:ntic
l o c - t i v e c n s e ' i s la'-cl.led
N22 -r X23 as it is t h e c-Re with verbs
.
show tht t h e l o c z t i v e case mst mcur a t t h e s u r f a c e structure of sentences
there ~ l s o
e x i s t some 1 n c T t i v e sctimn verhs wherehy t h e l o c a t i v e is implied
by t h = deep s e n a n t i c s t r u c t u r e of t h e Sentence hut t h e stztfece s y n t a c t i c
c?ehtcs the I r c F t i v e -
w i t h such h c b v i c u r .
StS,
I n the 2?t;r , f o r t h i s q.erk 14 verbs were discovered
They are:-
. ./*
-
f9
-
,\
"to r e t u r n
b++b
from sorewhere"
.d&E
"to u r i n a t e sr,sewberc"
sin;
"to dry s r m t h i n g sommhre"
h%r$
"to c-.rry w r e t h i n q on t h e h,ck"
himi
"to cprry ocrret5ing on thehc,-.d'
fb-
"to %Ice i n .-sh"
s i msz
I,
kwid
"to
zhiz
"trr c'.RC"
* i
kuuh
"t o e n t e r snr.-cwhcrr"
1€
I*
kw2
"to
to sue somone srr rwhere"
r e t u r n f r m snrcwhere"
t o j u w snrvethinq somewhere"
ciit
somethin? \'"ta.ncxsitiPn"
I \
The
m:;
"to r i l e snr-thinq
sfmmohere"
t+r&
" t o *ethez srmethinq somewhere"
illowins sentences s h o e t h e d e l e t i o n s of the l o c a t i v e cases a t hoth
semantic ,=nd s v n t r c t i c surfpce structure:SENTEXZS
t
MEANIPJG
i
d
&ri A
I am cprrying P c h i l d on my hack
I am t e t h e r i n s P m a t t- a a h k e
ma
simsh nX
I am sueinq ynu t o t h e c r u r t
fGRa az>~;
I am hakinq nlums i n ash
IWFbi'i
m& kwi;
n&'>
a m carryinn
P
stmf -n ny hepa
I am roturninq f r r n t h e f r r m
It is evi3ent fror thc tc%lc a h v c tbt while t h e deer, s e m n t i c
s t r u c t u r @of en i.,ct+A.cn
verb can imly t h e cccurence of
t h e surface: s y n t r c t i c s t r u c t u r e d e l c t e s t h i s
..-,I-
CPSG-
fi
l o c a t i v e caseI
-
-
80
Followinn Cnok's c l a s s i f i c ~ . t i n n ,verbs
d s n he c l a s s i f i e d cs
C m
e m e r i e n t i i . 1 verhs.
'3.1 - 1 -1.6:
E x p e r i e n t i a l pctinn V e r b s :
Accordinr; t o Cook (1976:C%!),
experience
of
sens;.tinn,
" e x n e r i e n t i a l v e r b d e a l w i t h the
e m t i c n -r cornition."
zna follmrinq s r m exi.mlcs
cf
1
In view
t&.n;
" t c rcr?
SWr',..;
" t n t e l l scnecne"
?+'S
"to t e r c h , s h q P
kin;
"to h i t s r m v n e "
'i n;
this d e f i n i t i o n
t h i s tyne of verb nresente8 5 y Ccnk i n Enmli:
I Siscnverer' 7 ci.sea of e m e r i c n t i r l verbs i n Ca.fut.
b
of
tn
These arc:-
snreone"
" t n snrsin"
.\
" t o wound onese1.f"
1528
The 7ctir.n e r ? r i r n t i > l verhs
?'YVC
whereby thc verb surmqests t h n t r'nc
dn?v?nstr,-t.es r n l g cmes -f Cnqnitinn
qf
t h r n 8 r t i c i m n t s rcquircs some know-
ledqe * ' n u t s-mthinri t r - n s n i t t e 6 by t h e n w n t "r s u b j e c t cf t h e vcrh-
The f o l l m i n q sentences wilS i l l u s t r z t e t h e zhrmve ,-sserticn.
- twv
4
ma
, ' i
I
rnwWm& mh6
&
"I
am rezdinc;
P b o k t c you"
.I
The three sentences p'mve which u s e t h e verhs.:
''a+*;'' show tht t h e exneriencer i n epch
kmwledqe t r P n s r i t t e A !n~
t h e ?Tent.
ntm$
,m$"and
of t h e
~
sentences t e n d s tc qain
X t t h e s u r f a c e s y n t n c t i c l e v e l , it
shnuld be nctcr? tbt the e m e r i e n c c r cpsc (E) w i l l ?xr e r r e s e n t e d by NP2-
.../-
r
TG-
-4
The f o r e g o i n g s n s l y s i 8 hss p u t i n t o foclis t h e a c t i o n Verbs.
%
demonstrsded thee a c t i o n v e r b s cen be C l a E s i f i e d as f o l l o m :
v e r b s , one-,
two- o r t h r e e - p l e c e e c t i o n v e r b s and
Locatinw end e x p e r i e n t i a l a c t i o n v e r b s .
PS
basic
benefactive,
The c l a s s i f i c a t i o n s o f t h e a c t i o n
verb was a t each l e v e l accompanied by a s e m e n t i c a~ well a s
a n a l y s i s of t h e verb.
It has geen
2
Syntactic
Through t h i s e n z l y f f i s , s e n t e n c e s were c o n s t r u c t e d
t o d e m o n s t r e t e t h e d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e s i n t o vJhich the v e r b s c a n e n t e r
3uring speech.
Thus, a f t e r t h i s a n a l y s i s o f t h e a c t i o n veTb, 1 w i l l
proceed by g i v i n g t h e scme t r e e t m e n t t o
verbs.
2.1.1.2
: P r o c e s s verb%
---------------===---
I n t h e treatment of t h e b e s i c p r o c e s s v e r b s , 1 v d l l adhere t o t h e
j e f i n l t i o n o f b e e i c v e r b s p u t f o r v a r d i n s e c t n o r r 3.1 .O.
I n t h i s s e c t i o n , 1 w i l l p r e s e n t t h e b c s i c p r o c e s s v e r b s i n t e i m s o f one-place
and two-plsce p r o c e s s v e r b s .
2s ? i t h e r
E
benefactive
L r t e r o n , 1 ?ill olso t r e z t t h e p r o c e s s v e r b
l o o e t i v e o r e x p e r i e n t i e l process verb.
'I
1
k c o r d i n . ? t o Bhefe (1970) e p r o c e s s v e r b i s one %bich s u g g e s t s
2henge i n t b e s t e t e or c o n d i t i o n o f t h e
F u r t h e r more, @hsfe rsse:-ts
B
noun which c c c o n p m i e s t h e v e r b ,
t h a t t h i s p r o c e s s v e r b c e n n o t be u s 2 d i n t h e
i n p e r c t i v e mood b u t i t cEn be used w i t h t h e Rr?g~es?i%$nse.
Pollosing
t h i s d e f i n i t i o n , t h e f o l l o ~ w i n gc h e r z c t e r i s t i c s c s n be s t t r i b u t e d t o p r o c e s s
verbs:
1)
They c o n t s i n
by t h e v e r b .
2
noun which i s z P f e c t p d by t h e e c t i o n s u q y e s t e d
The o b j e c t chenges i t s s t e t e i n v o 1 u n t a r i L y .
2)
They t z v e
3)
The p r o c e s s v e r b hcs one o r t w o o b j e c t s .
4)
The p r o c e s s v e r b cen e n t e r i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s u r f p c e s y n t e c t i c
E
dynmio quclitj-.
structures:
+ w --7
'1 .I---gp2
i,
-
5)
2 ) /-- BP2 iVP iIT?? ,if!
The p r o c e s s v e r b can e n t e F i n t
t h e f o l l o w i n g s t i r f a c e %&-
structures:
1)
2)
/--0,o
-7.
/--0,0-7
l c c o r d i n g t o C E a a f e ' s d e f i n i t i o n ef p r o c e s s v e r b s , 66 C g j o f p r o c e s s
v e r b s were d i s c o v e r e d f r o m t h e & ~ @j nf *B e f u t v e r b s d e s t i n e d f o r t h i s
work.
verbs.
I n t h i s n u a b e r , 39 of t h e v e r b s mere found t o be b e s i c p r o c e s s
These b e s i c p r o c e s s v e r b s
\all be
z n a l y s e d e s one-end tvjdr-plcce b a s i c
process verbs.
Wsllcce Chcfe (IY70): Keenin% a d t h e s t r u c t u r e o r l e n g s g e .
7.
P. 9 9 , 101.
82
-
b a s i c process verbs (
*
-0 )
I t was d i s c o v e r e d f r u n t h e c o r p u s t h a t 36 v e r b s were one-place p r o c e s s verbs.
:hese one-place basic p r o c e s s v e r b s p o r t r a y a c h a n g e i n t h e s t a t e of t h e o b j e c t
lccanpanying t h e verb.
y dd
tswa'nnj
mh'd
ghi;$
b$gJ
boq
bwEn2
bdta^
,.
sa'gnj
ins
kwi'
1w;?j
ywiinj
Yir;
bwii
A
The v e r b s i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g ;
"becane d r y "
' I t o cease11
"to sprout"
" t o gfow"
" t o redden"
" t o weavel"
" t o go o f f "
" t o popts
" t o melt"
"to fade"
"to age"
"to revive"
" t o whither"
t o sleep"
.,;
. . . - :...,.
.,i: 7 '
. 1
"to
"to
"to
"to
"to
b e c m e white"
grow"
die"
foan"
harden"
" t o becune full"
" t o swell''
" t o explode"
" t o dwindle"
"to drip"
"to perish"
' I t s burn out?'
" t o begin t o r o t
.
"beccne l i g h t "
"becane darkis
..
hen t h e above v e r b s a r e u s e e i n a sentence, t h e l o n e o b j e c t which a c c u n p a n i e s i t s
changes i t s t a t e . T h i s i s i l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e s .
&
"Thms f i r e is glowing."
gGlJ
1
I
0
Bb6d
.
'~
..
y z mGrA
"my hand i s s w e l l i n g . "
I
I
0
&
kw6
"I am dying"
I
I
0
etsaf;
ys k&iti&
"The cooh i s f a d i n g "
I
I
P
, I
f+kwii
fya l w i &
"The wood i s b u r n i n g o u t "
I
I
it c a n r e a l i s c t h a t t
a t t h e semantic l e v e l , t h e
v e r b has o n l y a n o b j e c t w h i l e a t t h e s y n t a c t i c level, t h e v e r b r e q u i r e s o n l y one
noun p h r a s e (NP2) which i s a l s o t h e o b j e c t of t h e verb.
Fron t h e s e n t e n c e s above,
-2:
Two
-
orocess v e r b g
(
- 0,o
),
(NP2
According t o Moskey (1979) one can h z v e two-place b a s i c
t h i s case, i t s h o u l d be n o t e d t h a t t h e r e e x i s t two o b j e c t s a t
and. s y n t a c t i c s t r u c t u r e s o f . t h e verb.
i
:.. .. .
./E3
-
YP-Vd
I
.
.1.-
.,,
.
...
.
J.
-
.L
83 $
ding t o m m h y 0-kWPCCUTS
t b m is ~g WUB
el&hont l i n k i n g
objects, as it i 8 th cam w i t h action wcxh there iis rather a d y n a i c
h tuhiah is prmdiukd bdimen tho obJect* in tho -antic
and syntautic
n w & t h t h i s t y p . of Wfttm1 verb.
t h i o 4'kotiM by Monkey (1979), i t
therefore, & noted that i t is s i n p l y thm sa110 abJ.ct which either transfom
8 difteront fom ar aoc)ufree
q u a l i t y different, Crun the original. npplying
ion t o tlnr Bat& vrrbg 4 verbs wrw discovered in the data, for this work,
ing
basic process verb& Thew verbs ares
t i o n or the above ssrrtences shocue that Ul-t
there are two objects
ng t h e w verbs, there is hawever, M interaction between thm, OS it is
eaea with action verbs. Apart fran baing daaoified ab a i t h e r one-tcuo-, or
place baais verb4 process verbs can also be tlnasified as either locative,
by treating the
active or experiential procpss v e r b . Y. therrfore pr-d
0~808verbs ea smh.
1
According t o Roekey (¶979:63) a process bwfactiw verb i s one which involves
0 Iwe or an object.
The verb theretore suggests
the person i 8 eMerinQi n t o a stat9 at win or loss. R N y i n g t h i s explanation
fut wtirq w discovered that there a m 6 E.WB of verhs athich can be consfT h . r mrbS M t
e5 btWfaCtim proc8W Verb..
son *ho u n c h r p s e gain oc
-0
Nceiven
'
84
se verbs end t h e b e n e f a c t i v e cases they t o k e a r e d e m o n s t r a t e d
...
.
..
i n the P o l l o w i n g
lam r e c e i v i n g ae:t'l
kw r nbA
-?-
0
"1 am becornin? poor"
d fhm
"1
ZhhS
1+ +n
v
ESU
convdescing"
"1 e.n f o r z e t t i n g
YGU"
I
0
c e s 1 sbd
3 abQve %haw t h o % t h e p e r n a n ooceernea i o eDter5ng i n t o
state
OB the .'ether h e a d , s e n t e n c e s 2 2nd 4 s h o w t h a t t h e p e r s o n concerned
e r i n g i n t o 2 s t a t e of l o C B . T h i s i n t o r p r e t e t i o n c o r r e s p o n d s t o Koskey's
gajn;
t i o n of e p r o c e s s b e n e f c c t i v e v o r l
...
J u d g i n z fro= t h e s e s e n t e n c e s , one c ~ n
t h p t b e n e f c c t i v e p r o c e s s v e r b s hzve t h e f o l l o w i n g s u r f a c e s e x , m t i c
) Surfece senentic structure:
) ~ u r f e c es y n t e c t i c s t r u c t u r e :
I- -B,O -7
i- NP2
k
.
g.4:
04-
a
3 - 7 or
f
cad syntz.ct
17
L- - mp,+
vp
-7
$
Locztivegroceqs verbs.
-------~=Eii=-_i-.-=e==r=-
Lccording t o %skey 1979:83), p r o c e s s l o c e t i v e v e r b s
a i .
i n v o l v e movement of
En
Object t o w e r d s o r e t
G
l o c ~ t i m . The o b j e c t does n o t
v e of i t s own v o l i t i o n o r heve c o n t l Q % f i t S - . L f . " '
1
Through t h i s
it cen be i n f e r e d t h c t t h e o b j e c t i s u s u d l y compelled t o move o r be
bjectod t o e c h a s e by s c ~ u s p t i v eforcer which a p p e e r s n e i t h e r e t t h e surfE.ce
Bvltic s t r u c t u r e nor
& t h e surfece s y n t e c t i c s t r u c t u r e o f the verb,
Bkey's d e f i n i t i o n 2s a p r e m i s e , z.n& Epplying i t t o B e f u t verbs:*
Verbs, fron t h e d a t e , wkich cen be t r e a t e d
"to fell"
"to s l i d e "
mwi i n
" t o eccumulete"
" t o crowdd"
" t o float"
"to
b+ k
..
am"
"to r o l l ' !
PS
Tsking
discovered
l o c e t i v e process verbs.
~~
~~~~
02
ve verbs
'I
.
used i n s e n t e n c e s , t h e y r e v s d t h e following s u r f a c e
itic structure:
S u r f s c e 38
Surfece sys,;ctic s t r u c t c r e :
2
!
4
[O,L -7
f -NP*
-
+ NP -7
3-
hese s t r u c t u r e s e r e e v i d e n t i n t h e followinr: e x m p l e s :
Fro
.
nshy6
I
"5 m f c l l i n g t o t h e ground"
.
,
J.?
. . . ..I. ..2.5:
. . . . . . .Proce.>s
. . . . . . . .e.x. u. e. .r i. e. n. .t i. -.1. . v. e. r. b. s :
I
_
Wskey (1979:48) ' s d e f i n i t i o n of
jccordins t o
.:
e l r e edy nenti-
~
.;:~
-
1
.
,
1,
2 11
ya
v.&
. .
SI
Only 4 v e r b s howeyrer were d i s c o v e r d from t h e d e t c
t o t h i s definition.
They a r e :
t o suffoczte"
f.j,
. -
e x p e r i e n t i e l verb,
'"ediscovered t h s t one c m f i n d v e r b s i n B e f u t which
e d s p t r b l e t c t h i s det%mt,lon.
t o spplyt$essal;h?s
En
t o see'!
" t c hi:rt9 pein"
121
t
"to renezber"
The sbove v e r i t s , when u s e d i n s e r . t e n c $ s s r e 3 u i e e i t h e r one ergume t o r t w o
argunents.
The csn t h e r e f g r e o c c u r i n s e n t e n c e s %ith f o l l O W i n g S t r u c t u r e :
..
2)
.
..
~ i ~ r f e cs ey t p c t i c s t r i l c t u r e :
T3e f o l l o w i n s e n t e n c e s w i l l i l l u s t r a t e t h e s e cbove s t r u c t u r e s .
"
1)
'39
zh
2)
mA
VA B t
3)
QZhCii yk f b
1.
S t e p h e n moskey, (1979):
no
no
"1
s e e i n g you"
"1 am r e n e r b e r i n g your"
"my b r e a t h e i s b e i n g SufferCetEd"
s e m w t i c s t r u c t u r e s end R e l e t i o n s i n Dutch, p. 83
1G-d y& yby.IB
is p a i n i n g . "
%hand
S e n t e n c e s 1 and 2
*hove
~m-nf
-sF=ierrl;ial
two
proceos v e r b s which n e e d
m i l e s e n t e n c e s 3 and 4 t r e z t v e r b s which r e q u i r e
mts a t their oui-F-ce >vQXS,
,ne orEumaut -t t h e i r s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e s .
I t s h o u l d be n o t e d t h a t when o n l y
qgurnent i s n e e d e d , t h i s must, s t t h e s e m a n t i c l e v e l b e t h e e x p e r i e n c e r wllilile a t
n t e c t i c l e v e l , i t i s an o b j e c t noun p h s r s e (iV2) which ? r e c e d e s the v e r b .
I a l s o be n o t e d t h a t t h e e x p e r i e n c e t o which t h e e x p e r i e n c e r i s s u b j e c t e d
It
is
intaneous.
I n t h e f o r e g o i n r : a n a l y s i s , ve h s v e p r e s e n t e d t h e p r o c e s s v e r b s f r o m t h e f o l l o n i
!ct i v e s :
1)
The p r o c e s s v e r b
2)
3)
The c h s r : : c t e r i s t i c s
2s B
basic verb
of p r o c e s s v e r b s .
A c l a s s i f i c e t i o n of t h e b e s i c p r o c e s s v e r b i n t o o n e , - e n d
t:-o-place
process
verbs.
The p r o c e s s v e r b
4)
Where i t
WES
E.S : b e n c f z c t i v e ,
l o c c t i v e and e x p e r i e n t i e l v e r b .
n e c e s s z r y 9 -.-e s l s o p r e s e n t e d t h e t y p e s of s e n t e n c e s t r u c t u r e s
ch t h e p r o c e s s v e r b c;n
occLlr, 5 0 t h s t t h e s e m r n t i c and s y n t z c t i c l e v e l s ,
t h e t r e e t n e n t of t h e p r o c e s s v e r b , we .Kill p r o c e e d t o t h e t r e e t n e n t o f t h e s t r t
ty following t h e s s m e s c h e t l e
3.0:
non-stste
used f o r the p r o c e s s v e r b s .
-.
verbs
*
: .,
-
be' g l - o % a l l y - d e f i n e d 2s d y n e m i c v e r b s , t h e r e
i l e a c t i o n ~ . e n dp r o c e s s v e r b s
Cco-€WLlik- t o " b h s f % . (TC70:98)~,'s'f$:.t'e V e r b s cen b e
n e . v e r b s which r r e s ' r s t i v e y - .
'd i n t e h s - b f . . t ~ e i r ' o e p - a s ~ - t i o tno s t z t e v e r b s 2s h e s&:
e' r ~ ~ e - . o ~ . - t h u i n b ' ; ' n o n s t e ct 2z n
s be d i s t i h q u i s h e d P r o n s t c t e s '38 t h e f a c t th2.t
t h e q u e s t i o n r1hs.t h z p p e n e d ?
o??i.ng t h a s d e f i n i t i b n
, one
... w h c t ' s
c c n i n s i n u a t e t h e follo:a*ng
.
1 )
S t s t e v e r b s hz.ve
i
>:
hc.ppening?. *.
n o n s t e t e is
chzr-cteristics.for stat
t i z e l e s s q u e l i t y - t h e t i s n o r e f e r e n c e i s n r d e t o h o w the
The o b j e c t of s t e . t e v c r b s e x i s t s i n c. n o - c h m g e
~
€
hzppening
E
.
noun which z c c o a p a n i e s ' t h e v e r b r e s c h e d t h e s t , - t e s u g g e s t f d by t'.e
St&e verbs
verb.
position.
be
2 used i n t h e i-iperstive sad progressive noods.
Log t h e Ebove d e f i n i t i o n t o t h e 2 z f u t v e r b s which s e r v e e s e b e s i s f o r t h e
ent w o r k i . 4 3 k t ' s t e verbs were d i s c o v s r e d .
3 sr2ple of these
st:te
verbs is
ented % e l o m
"to b e ' b i t t e r , "
'
fii
.
f6';
" t o . b e s^weet"
\IF
"be c o l d "
''
lTto.:be
t
bgd"
"
" t o be
.
'
blrck"
" t o be' w h i t e
.
" t o itch"'.
a;$
" t o l i e down"
b6ga
"to lack"
~.
.~
".to be s o u r
:..<.
.
yo cx
'
'
" t o CDouch"
t o be blunt
bot
"to : l i t t e r "
m
nt
"to rest"
" t o be s i c k "
th
11
" t o bend d o m "
" t o be eed"
dor t
" t o be happy"
" t o be s m a r t "
" t o be b e u t i z e d "
si
"to f e e l coldfr
loo
" t o be h o t t 1
din
" t o haag doim"
f
" t o >e b l i n d "
rriin
lztl
" t o '70 6 r o w s r r "
f!-
"to be s t e r i l e "
"to cluster"
1 ' c
" t o f e e l we&"
U
k
I
n
sna a t
ri k i
hen t h e Ebove v e r b s were Lised i n s e c t e n c e s , i t v a s r e s l i s e d t h E t o n l y oneilece b a s i c s t p t e v e r b s e x i a - t e d .
;wo noun p h r e s e s o n l y ;*..en
: m e s e r a added.
2!
tilie order.
)
)
)
)
One-plece
Tke s t s t e v e r b t a k e on two srgments o r
e i t % e r the benefactive
~
lccetive o r erperiencer
I n view of t h i 3 r e s l - i s s ; t i o r . , w B w i l l t r e e t t h e s t e t e v e r b s
besic 3 t e t e vervs.
Benefactive s t a t e verbs.
Locative r t c t e verbs.
Experientipl s t z t e verbs.
One-place
b e s i c s t p t e vc-I")s s r e t h e s e S t a t e v e r b s which r e q u i r e o n l y
ne o b j e c t et b o t h t h e S e T e c t i c end s y n t s c t i c s u r f e c r s t r u c t u r e s of t h e v e r b s .
hese v e r b s therefore e n t e r i n t o s e n t e n c e s of t h e f o l l o . d n g s u r f z c e s t r u c t m e s :
I)
Semantic s t r u c t u r e :
2)
Syntectic structure:
- [O ( S ) -7
--/-iqP2+
V
P
~
o b j e c t o f t h e s t z t e v e r b Mill be marked by t h e - b s c r i p t
(-8).
' h i s i s t o d i f f e r e n t i a t e t h e s t a t i v o o b j e c t fron t h e o b j e c t s o f a c t i o n and
Prom t h e
IpOceSS v e r b s .
T h i s d i s t i n c t i o n i s e c c o r d s n g t o m c k e y (1979).
'&e
o r p u s , I 7 one-plece
fh u
b s s i c s t z t e v e r b s were d i s c o v e r e d .
These verbis e r e :
t o be 'w'aite.
n+r+n
" t o be imaune"
bise
"to berotten"
I& 5
" t o be b l u n t "
fii
" t o be d z r k "
b+
" t o be j ~ d "
:'
.,7
..:1
lii
az
lVKi
" t o be s v e e t "
"to be b i t t e r "
4<,
" t o be enough"
tS+"
bBl&
" t o be. so:lrrl
72?. k
"to g l i t t e r "
" t o be s i c k
n
" t o be sorry"
"to flme"
b r
i
" t o be snzrt"
hen Sone o f t h e above v e r b s v e r e need i n s e n t e n c e s , t h e following r e s u l t s
_-___________-____-_______________
/-:'/
--
.I
.1 . 3 . 2 :
Benefzctive s t c t e verb--_-_____________
B, O ( s )
0
d e i e t s b l e , /?pP2+V?3
I
I
J t o :,fos::ey
~
~ (ig7
~9 : 6 3 ~ a b ~
e n e f e~c t i v e ~
~ verb.
j one irihicli i n v o l v e r
e S e c e f i c i c r y ?rho e i t h e r h a s some t h i n g t i l l h i s p o s s e s s i o n
~
0
.
XOthinZ i n the v e r b s:io?rs how t h e b e n e f i c i e r y h a s come
: l a c k s coTethin3;
I
-.
be i n t h e b e f i e f a c t i v e s t a t e .
amy
~
' s
a s a. p r e m i s e e n d
- f ~ . : : ~ z s k e gexplznletion
i t to t& e B e f u t verbs, ? b e n e f a c t i v e s t E t e v e r b s vere d i s c o v e r e d .
&:,'
lese verbs ?re:
bo
"to
tsrTi!l+
" t o have"
f
fir
" t o be b l i c d "
" t o be s t e r i l e ' !
kw r+ 'si
" t o be b e p t i e e d "
b en
" t o be p r e g c c n t "(us?d
kwet+kaa
" t o be comfirned" (es
1FCBII
o n l y witti minE1s.l\
2
religious rite)
ien t h e above v-rbs w.?re a p p l i e d i n s t ' n t e n c c s , i t wes r e a l i s s d t h a t t h e y
'n e n t e r i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n t e i c e s t r u c t u r e s .
-
. ..
1 ~ .
#&zntic
str&tu.ret--/-1
B ,O(
.
2
-
-
Sfrntcotie strubture : ~-~P'%+vP+?TP
7? o r
-
/-NPZ+VP+$
:e above s i t u s t i o n i s e v i d e n t i n Ghs s e n t e n c e s below:
me
c
Beb
-
bo
B
ma
-
"1 l a c k money"
O(S)
"I. am b l i n d "
f
3.
F
&
-7
tsxiiri
k&b
"1 have money"
"1 m baptszed
-7
a9
z c i t e r , c e . o 1 2r.d 2 e b c v e , i t
tra r e e l . i s e < t h c c thz po;s2n?
i n - r o l v e d i n c u r o l o s s -wkile i n s e n t e n c e s 3 end 4, t h e p e r s d n s i n v u l v e d 2 .C
ircur,.
It s h o u l d be m t e d t h . p t t!louSh t h e o b j e c t s i n c u r e i t h e r e l o s s o r
F! g c i n 3f s o n e t h i n g , n o r e f e r e n c e i s n c d e c o n c s r n i n , ? how t h e s e o b j e c t s
enter i n t o such F Stete.
I t S h o u l d 2130 be n o t e d t h ? t t k e l a b e l
B w"lich
r e p r e s e n t s t h e b e g e f e c t i v e CFse c t t h e s e n e n t i c l e v e l i s r e p r e s e n t e d by
WP? e t t h e s y n t e c t i c l e v e l .
Ir,
-
Generally l o c c t i v e verbs involve t h e s p e t i z l Orientetion o r
s i t u e t i o n o f o n o b j e c t o r p e r s o n end t h e s e v e r b s r e q u i r e l o c o t i v e e c2se
it? t h e i r s e q m t i c S t r u c t u r e t 5 3 u S h t : ? i S CESe C c n '?e d e l e t e d a t t h e s u r f e c e
s y n t r c t i c s t r u c t u r e of t h e V e r b s .
B u t 2s r e g e r d s l o c e t i v e st:te v e r b s ,
end e c c ~ r d i n . : t o !loskcji ( I 9 7 ? ) , 1 o c ; t i v e s t c t e v e r b s
~
t&
"to be h o l d s t i l l "
%en t:?ese l o c e t i v e s t z t e v e r b s 'ere d i s c c v ? r e d ? r o Q t!?c c ? z t a , . t:-e:. were
s p p l i e d i n s e n t e n c e s i n o r d e r t o justify t h e i r ?lJelit:q r^s l o c a t i v e s t a t e
verbs. The f o l l o ~ v i ~s.e, i~i t e n c c s i l l u s t r e t e t h i s s i t u a t i o n .
1)
I&
I
ts-.a nsilv;
"1
7
I
I
V
V
2r:
s i t t i n g c.i tlin ground"
"1 2m h e n g i i i g d o - m f r o c
"1
2rl
C.
l y i n g d a m on t h e ground"
L
1.
StephRa
1
"oskey
, 1979 ,: S e m z n t i c
tree"
s t r u c t u r e s and r e 1 s t i o : J s i n D u t c h .
P.77.
t.11 t h e s e n t e n c e s z b o v e , which c o n t c i n l o c e t i v e s t - t e v e r b s t e n d t o p r e o i s e
It .qkouaa be n o t e d , es i t wi?s
e p o s i t i o n where t h e s t e t i v e o b j e c t i s situ2tecd.
6
c c s e with e c r l i e r s e n t e n c e s w i t h s t e t e v e r b s , t h e t t h e s e m a t i c cEse:
( s ) r n d l o c F t i v e (L) :ro
Objecti
2s NP2 znd NP3 r e s p e c t i v e l y .
s y n t r c t i c c l l y rcrre;ented
m e s s o n l y p r e s e n t t h e o b j e c t as e x i s t i n g
E t
E.
p s t i c u l c r p o s i t i o n b u t no
e r e n c e i n nTde
ES
e r e n c e nicde
t o horn long t h e o b j e c t hes been or w i l l r e n e i n s t such z p o s i t i c
.1
.7.4:
2s
t o horn t h i s o b j e c t czmc t o t h : t
position.
Neither i s
Esperientid stete-ppg~gi
3.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I n s e l e c t i n g e x p e r i e n t i e l s t c t e verb;; f r o m
F.S
d c t c , judgement w2s bcsed on
on t h e s p e c i f i c d e f i n i t i o n
fciund i n Moskey ( 1 9 7 9 : $ 3 ) The g e n e r d d e f i n i t i o n
he g e n e r c l d e f i n i t i o n o f e x p e r i e n t i d v e r b s cnd
f e x 2 e r i e n t i e l s t c t c verbs
our
F.ik:O
f e x p e r i e n t i c l v e r b s holds t h r t t h e y s r e vrjrts which d e c l x i t h the e x p e r i e n c e
f ?Qnq%%kOa,emotion
s:.,intehtionc.l.
or c o p i t i o n cnci t h z t t h i s e x p e r i e n c e mcy be spOntmn8oua~: :
P e r t F i n i n g n o m s p e c i f i c r l l g t o e x p e r i e n t i z l s t c t e v e r b s end
c o r d i n g t o &oskey (1979)
st?.te e x p e r i e n t i d verbs
s d i s p o s e d toIwe.rds s o m e t h i n g in
E
s t ? . t i c ivey.
i i
volve
En
e x p e r i e n c e r who
1,dopting t h i s d e f i n i t i o n t o
the S g f u t v e r b s m d i s c o v e r e d 10 v e r b s which c e n be t r e e t e d es e x p e r i e n n t i c l
s t r t e verbs.
These v e r b s
Ere
2s
folio'+
" t o feel week"
llL
b o be d r o v s y "
1
" t o be h q p y "
"to heer"
" ' t o be c o l d "
" t o be h o t "
"to i t c h
1
"to f e e l coldf1
t
" t o stench."
" t o b r c.g"
After s o r t i n g o u t t h e e x p e r i e n t i d s t c t e v e r b s , t h e y were used i n s e n t e n , e s i n
o r d f r t o test w h e t h e r t h e e x p e r i e n c e Which t h e o b j e c t u n d e r c o e s i s s p o n t m e o u s
or intrmionzi.
on t h e p o i n t .
The f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e o Cre hoped t o b r i n g cbout c l cPi
c . i~. f i c & i o n e t
"1
EE
,
f e e l i n g dronsy"
my hpnd i s i t c h i n g "
I,
"Tha b o u s e i s s t e n c h i n g "
I t t h e s e n p u t i c lcvel, t h e Bri'ut
bc$j,c p r o c e s s
I
::cti,;n
cs e i t k i e r o n e - p l p c e ,
S e z c n t i c l-vcl
, the
or s t c t e v e r b s .
tvo-plp.ce
v e r b s were c l ? s s i f i e d ~ n dd i s c u s s e d
eitl
Yiurther on , t h e % - b c s i c v e r b s were d i s c & :et
:r t h r c e - g l n c e b,:sic
verbs.
L r t e r s n , cnd s t i l l c'
v e r b s mere r , l s f ~
c l r s 5 i f i e d 2s e i t h e r b e n e f r c t i v e
o r 1.ocztive v e r b s , cr.8 t:;c
p.s
, espericntic:
- s t i o n , p r o c e s s znd s t c t e v e r b s were t r e e t r d es such.
Lt t h e s p t - c t i c levex, t h e ?cir. F i i s t i n c t i o r ? bet?;een t h e E,&ut verlss wcs
tie$% Dbet;-leen
,j~
t r p n s i t i v e e,nd i n t r m s i ' i v e
verbs.
The semcntic cc-cion 2nd pro1
v e r b s ?&re roughly c o ~ . l e r c e dw i t h q y n t c c t i c t r c , n s i t i v c v e r b s w h i l e t h e s e m c n t i c
s t e . t e v e r b s were s y n t s c t i c d l y regzrd.:cl
F o l l o ~ f i ~tgh e c l e s s i f i c e t i o n ,
CS
i n t r e n n i t i v e arerbs.
end i l l u s t r c t i v e s i m p l e c i e c l z r c . t i v e s e n t e n . ? e s
fOllol.rir,g s j 7 a t c c t i c word 3 r d a '"cs e s t z.blis:ied
i
-7
for t h e s e n t z n c c s :
T h i s s t r u c t u r e i s for o n e rr,3 two-p1cCe
E c t i o n , End p r o c f
o r f i n i n t l y trEnsitive:r v e r b s which n e e d o n l y one o b j e c t
?
42
l1 -
/--NP1
+W+.NP2+IiI 3
1- -1JP2
+ VP
-7:
-7
T h i s s t r u c t u r e is f o r v e r b s uvhich n e e d e d
c"
subject or
a g e n t rad t v o o b j e c t s .
T h i s i s t h e s t r u c t u r e for i n t r m n s i t i v e vt:rbs
with
one o y j e c t .
/-- - ~ + v P + N T ~
j
i
I
-/
It should/;:t&
b non-deriv?d
T h i s i s the s t r u c t i v e f ? r s t c t e o r i n t r c , n s i t i v e v e r b s
which n e e d t w o o b j e c t noun p h r c s e s .
thr..t t h e t r c z . t q ! e n t o f the w r b s i n t h i s c h c p t e r B e c l t anly
orbs.
i n t h e n e x t c h z p t e r , t : i , ? r e f o r e , we will p r e s e n t v e r b s w h i c h
e been d s z i v e u f r m t h e s e n o n - d c r i v e c !
Yixcs.
v e r b s t:lrGuP;h t h e u s e o f s o n e
The a f f s c t : ; !of t h e s e suffixes o n the v e r b b o t h r t t h e s e m c . n t i c End s g n t r c
e l s , will b e e x m i n e . 3 .
... / 9 3
C H A P T E R
THE
EFFECTS
4
OF 'THE. SUFFIXES
OM
VERBS
I n c h a p t e r 1, a n d among o t h e r a s p e c t s of t h e Bafait verb,
he d i f f e r e n t s u f f i x e s which t h e v e r b c a n t a k e .
In chapter
we b r i e f l y p r e s e n t e d
2
we p r o v i d e d a classifica.
ion of t h e B a f u t v e r b a t b o t h t h e semantic and s y n t a c t i c l e v e l s .
e
will make
'3
In t h e p r e s e n t chaptr
c c m b i n a t i o n of b o t h t h e o e r b s and t h e d i f f e r e n t s u f f i x e s .
Through t h i s
c o n b i n a t i o n we a r e g o i n g t o d e v o t e our a t t e n t i c ? t o t h e s e m a n t i c and syntactic e f f e c t s
ir i m p l i c a t i o n s w h i c h t h e s e s u f f i x e s
/semantic level, ue w i l l ,
h a v e on t h e h i t h e r t o non-derived
t h r o u g h i l l d s t r a t i o n s show how t h e s e s u f f i x e s modify t h e m a a n i r
A t t h e symtactic l e v e l ,
!of t h e verbs.
fit t h e
verba.
e n a t t e m p t w i l l b e made a t showing how t h e
b J f f i x e s c a n c o n v e r t v e r b s of i n t r a n s i t i v e sentences i n t o t r a n s i t i v e verbs,
thus,
genera
S i n c e we c a n n o t s a t i s f a c t o r i l y d i s s o c i a t e s e m a n t i c s f r m
ing t r a n s i t i v e s e n t e n c e s .
s y n t a e i m e w i l l s i m u l t a n e o u s l y t r e a t t h e s e m a n t i c and s y n h a c t i c e f f e c t s of t h e s u f f i x e s ,
t h e verbs.
The
4.1.0:
-M
derived
--
I n 1*3.2.1.1,
s u f f i x-:
we n e n t i o n e d t h a t a t t h e s e m a n t i c l a w e l ,
has t h r e e e f f e c t s on t h a non-derived
reduces no i n c r e a s e s v e r b v a l e n c y .
1.
Diminutive
the
- ta
derived s u f f i x
w h i l e a t t h a s y n t a c t i c level,
verb,
it n e i t h e r
The f o l l o w i n g are i l l u s t r a t i o n s of t h e s e s i t u e t i o n s .
- ta
T h i s s u f f i x suggests t h a t e i t h a r t h z a c t i o n i s %hort-lived"
of t h e a c t i o n i s w a k e n e d .
or t h a t %he e x t e n t
T h e s e i l e m i n g s w i l l be r e p r e s e n t e d by % l i t t l e : ' o r '*a b i t "
a s i l l u s t r a t a d helow:
I
~~
Nen-derived
Meanins
verbs
1 n6t3
t o drink
2.
Repetitive
-
~
~
I
Meaninq
Derived verbs
t o d r i n k a little...
t o eat
t o e a t a l i t t l e of..
to c r y
t o cry a b i t
t o uncover
t o uncover...a
t o crush
t o crush...a
bit
bit.
Q
This suffix i n d i c a t e s t h a t instead of oxecuting an a c t i o n asza s i n g l e action,
Same
a c t i o n i s c a r r i e d o u t s e v e r a l times.
r Non-de-ived
*
S)5
verb
/
Meaninq
T h i s s i t u a t i o n i s i l l u s t r a t e d below:
Derived v e r b
t o count
silts
t o pierce
s&a
4
1
Meaninq
t o c o u n t several t i m e s
t o p i e r c e s e v e r a l times
the
Quantitative
-
~
-~
7
..
~.
.,.
tp.
WhEn t h i s s u f f i x i s u s e d w i t h a v e r b i t p r e s u p p o s e s t h a t t h e a c t i o n suggwe
y t h e v e r b a f f e c t s several o b j e c t s .
i g n a l l e d by %any..
...or
"Several..
I
Tho p r e s e n c e o f t h i s s u f f i x i s t h e r e f o r e
...a s
shown below:
t o burn many........
t o s t a n d nany.......
t o unhook many......
t c c l i n g i n g r e a t nunber
t o cross many
T h e d i f f e r e n c e between t h e r e p e t i t i v e
suffixes r e s i d e s i n t h a fact t h a t ,
As i t was n e n t i o n e d e a r l i e r ,
-
t3 and t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e
........
- t3
t h e formor r e f e r s t o t h e same a c t i o n which i s
the
- t3
d e r i v e d s u f f i x n e i t h e r r e d u c e s nor
increases t h e v a l e n c y of t h e verb, a t t h e s y n t a c t i c level.
Since verbs taking t h i s
"I m p i e r c i n g my leg(!
2.
&
tiy;
&
.
1
"I am t e t h e r i n g a g o a t "
.I'I
am p i e r c i n g my l e g several times"
"I am t e t h e r i n g many g o a t s "
As
i t c a n b e r e a l i s e d f r m ~ t h egoups o f s e n t e n c e s above, whether t h e v e r b i s
!n-derived
..
or d e r i v e d ,
i t s t i l l e n t e r s i n t o s e n t e n c e s of t h e (NP,
+
UP
+
NP2)
...
kteon.
The v a l e n c y of t h e v e r b is t h e r e f o r e n o t changed i n i t s d e r i v e d fen.
p i t i v a verbs, as in'A'above,
Thus,
remain t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s e v e n when t h e y r e c h i v e t h e
rl
!
-
,..
.,*-,.
I n 1.3.2.1.4,
uffix.
w d i s c o v o r e d 171 v e r b s which c o u l d t a k e on t h e
A t t h e semantic l e v e l ,
(he s y n t a c t i c l e v e l ,
'
-
n,
rived
t h i s s u f f i x m o d i f i e s v e r b s i n t h r e e ways w4
2 a t
i t mzkes v e r b s which a r e used i n t r a n s i t i v e sentences \
le
Lapable of e n t e r i n g o n l y i n t o i n t r a n s i t i v e scntences.
'.
A t the semantic level,
Spontancous
- na :
When t h e spontaneous
t h e m o d i f i c a t i o n s o f t h e meanings of t h e v e r b s arq
-
n
i s a f f i x e d t o verbs,
:j
: a s s i s t a n c s of any d i s c e r n i b l e a q e n t i v e force.
:
i t m o d i f i e s t h e meaning i n C
i s capable o f t a k i n g p l a c e w i t h o u t
t t h e a c t i o n , suggested by t h o verb,
th
S p o n t a n e i t y i s shown t h e r e f o r e by t h e
T h i s s i t u a t i o n w i l l be
a d d i t i o n o f "by i t s o l f " t o t h e b a s i c meaning o f t h e verb.
' /illustrated
s
w i t h t h e B x e m p b s below:
Meaninq
khi'
I
t o dmolish
t o be d s m c l i s h e d by i t s e l
to spill
" t o be s p i l l e d by i t s e l f "
_
YCL
t o pull
g+m2
t o bend
t o b e r d by i t s e l f .
t&*a
t u shake
" t o shake by i t s e l f "
Yi92
t o tilt
" t o t i l t by i t s e l f "
" t o p u l l o f f by i t s e l f "
Off
With t h e f o l l o w i n g sentences,
spontaneity,
a s expressed by t h e
-
n
suffix
can be b e t t e r i l l d s t r a t e d :
A:
nd3
k h
1.
ma
2.
nd.5 khn;
"I am d e n o l i s h i n g a hcuse"
"A house i s b e i n g demolished by i t s e l f "
I n sentence 1 above,
sentence ,?
t h e r e i s an a g e n t which oemolishes t h e house w h i l a i n
t h u houea c r * m b l e s on i t s own w i t h o u t b e i n g a f f e c t e d by any a g e n t i v e
force.
2.
Reciprocal
-
1
nd
:
T h i s s u f f i x m o d i f i e s t h e meaning of t h e v e r b by showing t h a t t h e agents,
i n v o l v e d i n t h e action,
the "reciprocal"
i_ Non-derived
vsrb
r e a c t on each o t h e r .
-n
The f o l l o w i n g a r e samples of v e r b s w i t h
suffix.
I
Meanins
Derived verb
'
mean in^
ts8'Stj
t o greet...
tsklkn?
t o g r e e t eaoh o t h e r
zh?
t o know...
zhin3
t o know each o t h e r
gh&
t o speak to..
ghHBn3
t o speak t o each o t h e r
bBa
t o hzte....
b Sn,5
t o h a t o each o t h e r
141:
t o poison.
tso'b
t o peck....
tsbfdnj
t o peck each o t h e r
k )I-!;
t o love....
kip-?;
t o l o v e each o t h e r
,
..
lG*+n:
t o p o i s o n each o t h e r
f
96
I
Frcm t h e t a b l e above, i t can be realiaad t h a t t h e p r e s e n c e o f
: i t y " ia s i g n a l l e d by "each other".
I
I.
- na
Simultaneous
Tha
-n3
a c8se of " r e d p r o
t
I
s u f f i x , which s u g g e s t s "simultaneity:
s h o w t h a t t h o same a c t i v i t y
s c a r r i e d o u t by d i f f e r e n t p e o p l e b u t a t t h e swne time.
The s m p l e s below w i l l
,ssist i n i l l u s t r s t i n g i n s t a n c e s whereby v e r b s t 3 k e on t h e d e r i v a t i o n a l
-
nJ
suffix
lhich marks s i ? l u l t s n e i t y : Meaninq
Meaninq
Derived v e r b
t o groan
d hn 6
t o g r o a n a t t h e same t i m e
t o eat
dzln,>
t o eat together
t o drawn
kdqd
t o drawn t o g e t h e r
t o grmble
t o g r u n b l e a t t h e sane t i m e
t o bleat
t o p l e a t a t t h e same t i m e
t o wail
t o wail a t t h e same time
t o belch
d z ;r
1,
t o b e l c h a t t h e same time
it i s e v i d e n t i n t h e t a b l e above, t h e e x i s t e n c e of t h e s i m u l t a n e o u s
As
s i n d i c a t e d by e i t h e r "at t h e same time"
o r by "together".
The foregc?ing d i s c u s s i o n has f o c u s s e d on t h e s m a n t i c e f f e c t of t h e
e r i w a t i o n a l s u f f i x on verbs.
now how t h i s s u f f i x
-na
A t t h e s y n t a c t i c l e v e l , we w i l l ,
r~
through sentences
c h a n g e s b i v a l s n t v e r b s i n t o monovalent verbs,
r a n s i t i v e sentences i n t o i n t r s n s i t i v e sentences.
-
thus turning
I n i l l u s t r a t i n g t h i s situation,
a w i l l first of a l l c o n s t r u c t s e n t e n c e s u s i n g t h e non-derived v e r b s and l a t e r on,
3
.
w i l l u s e t h e v m b s i n t h a i r d e r i v e d forms.
Sentences
-
w i t h non-derived
-
ng
rna'tsi'kt
.
mz' t s k d
verbs:
+
UP
+
NP2)
"I am g r e e t i n g you"
L
"1 am s h e k i n g a stone."
ng>*A
n8
mg y s q ~n g s ' j
"I am h a t i n g you"
m a b%
"I am t i l t i n g a s t o n e "
le sentences, w i t h t h e non-derived
Jbject n0l;a?hrase,
3"
(NP7
a W&J
(NP1 + v p + "2)
Ptivational s u r f f h ,
v e r b s above have in t h e i r s u r f a c e s t r u c t u r e one
p h r a s e ond a n object noun p h r a s e .
surface s t r u c t u r e .
These s e n t e n c e s t h e r e f o r
B u t w i t h an a f f i x a t i o n of t h e
-nd
ana of t h e noun p h r a s e s i s d e l e t e d , a s i l l u s t r a t e d by t h e s s n t e n c
3lOW.
b
S e n t e n c e s w i t h d e r i v e d v e r b s % (NP?
+
UP.)
S; t s i l i n i .
*'You and I are g r e e t i n g e a c h o t h e r "
r)g'9:,
"A s t o n e is s h a k i n g by i t s e l f "
s;
ts;g&l;
n&y,;
1 ,
"You and I a r e h x t i n g e a c h other'!
"A s t o n e i s t i l t i n g by i t s e l f "
~
~ O Y J y+n$
In t h e s e n t e n c e s i n
IRc
above,
it c a n b e seen t h a t when t h e verbs t a k e on t h e
d e r i v a t i o n a l s u f f i x , one o f t h e a r g m e n t s ,
which a c c a n p a n i e d t h e nan-derived
I
I.
[ I n t h i s case, we h a v e
(NP2
+ VP)
(NP2
+
+ NP2)
a change f.m a (NPr i- VP
sentence p a t t e r n .
Thus, t h e sentences i n
SWteMe
above,
UP) p a t t e r n show t h n t w i t h t h e a f f i x a t i o n of t h e -n
i s no need f o r an o g e n t i v e f o r c e t o e f f e c t a c t i o n .
h e r s t u d y of e x t e n s i o n s i n Mankon,
the
of b a i n g c a r r i e d o u t s p o n t a n e o u s l y .
-
n
Thus,
m g m &,a
which P a l l i n k 0 t h e
d e r i v e d s u f f i x , there
As m e n t i o n e d by Leroy (1979)
in
s u f f i x s u g g e s t s t h a t t h e a c t i o n is capablr
t h e noun p h r a s e p r e c e d i n g a n y verb,
with
f u n c t i o n s a s t h e o b j e c t b e i n g s u b j e c t e d t o t h e a c t i o n 2nd not as t h e
t h i s suffix,
subject effecting the action.
-
While b o t h t h e "Spontaneous"
n
and t h e "reciprocal"
-n
suffixes turn
t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s i n t o i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s , a t t h e s y n h a c t i c level, t h e "Simultaneous"
-
d o e s n o t change v e r b valency.
n
I t only s u g g e s t s a p a u r a l subject.
This situa-
t i o n w i l l be i l l u s t r a t e d by t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e s :
S e n t e n c e s w i t h non-derived
A.
(NPI
+
WP)
verbs:
- ma' d&
m a y<b&
..
ma d z i ' d
"I am g r o a n i n g "
"I am urailing"
~
(NPq
+
WP
+
"I am b e l c h i n g "
NP2):
mi
"1 am e a t i n g f o o d "
dz; &dzd
,
?
m; k+& n+k+;
/
"I am r u n n i n g a race"
The above s e n t e n c e s show t h e v e r b s w i t h a s i n g u l a r s u b j e c t w h i l e when t h e s e
- ni3,
I
6. 1
:
"You and I a r e g r o a n i n g a t t h e szme time'!
(NP, + VP):
s+ d b n a
"You a n d I a r e w a i l i n g a t t h e same time.'s
si y;&ni
v e r b s t a k e on t h e "Simultaneous"
&
"You a n d I a r e b e l c h i n g a t t h e same t i m e "
d&?jd
(NP, + VP + Np2):
s+ d z h
S+
t h e y w i l l need a p l u r a l s u b j e c t asshown below:
m+dzd
"You a n d I are e a t i n g food a t t h e s a n e time"
n+k+
"You and
k+ n
I a r e r u n n i n g a race a t t h e same t i m e
Frm t h e above examples, i t c s n be i n f e r r e d t h a t t h e " s h u l t a n e o u s " - n
e x c l u s i v e l y u s e d w i t h i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s or p a r t i a l l y i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s .
is
By " p a r t i a :
i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s " we ,nean, t h o s e v e r b s whose o b j e c t s c a n be d e l e t e d a t t h e s u r f a c e
t h e meaning of t h e s e n t e n c e s i n which t h e y a r e used.
s y n t a c t i c l e v e l , w i t h o u t marring
Thus, a v e r b r e m a i n s e i t h e r i n t r a n s i t i v e or p a r t i a l l y i n t r a n s i t i v e ,
on t h 2 s i m u l t z n e c u s
4.3.0:
The
-
-n
whether i t t a k e s
or not.
K 3 'derkued suffix:
W
e m e n t i o n e d i n 1.3.2.1.2
t i o n s which are: " d i s t r i b u t i v e ,
(NP1
+
that the
It
VP
+ NP2)
- kd
"repatitivb+!'.
---- (NP2 + VP)
d e r i v e d s u f f i x h a s four s m a n t i c i m p l i
..
" q u a n t i t a t i v e " a n d spontaneous".
-
A t t h e s y n t a c t i c level, t h e 4 3 d e r i v e d s u f f i x s l i k e t h e
nD d e r i v e d s u f f i x , t u k n s f n a n s i t i v a s e n t e n c e s i n t o i n t r a n s i t i v e s e n t e n c e s . Thus, a ' s e n t e n c e w i t h a n (NP, + VP
+
NP2) structure w i l l h a v e
an^ .(NP2 + V P i
.
p a t t e r n when t h e v a r b ' t a k a s 'on t h e
- kat
7
98
)
Distrubutive - k d :
i
T h i s s u f f i x modifies t h e meaning of t h e v a r b by showing t h a t several people
re p e r f a n n i n g a n a c t i o n s e p a r a t e l y .
T h i s i s n o t necessarily a t t h e sane time.
Thus,
h e a c t i o n i s p l u r a l a s shown by t h e s m p l e below:
Non-derived v e r b
Meaninq
D e r i v e d verb
Meaning
-
dzO
t o eat
dz6ky
t o eat s e p a r a t e l y
fB'a'
t o work
ffi'Bk3
t o work s e p a r a t e l y
dwhj
t o weed
dwink:)
t o weed s e p a r a t e l y
fpqt'.
t o learn
YagW3
t o learn separately
I
E^
.
t o wear
wE'Ek3
t o wear i n d i v i d u a l l y
t o be s i c k
ghkgk>
t o be s e p a r a t e l y s i c k
>>
t o peel
k<jr)kz
t o peel s e p a r a t e l y
hfb
t o sprout
m6'bk-
t o sprout separately
i
t
hi;
I .
The
- k?
d e r i v e d s u f f i x above is t r a n s l z t e a a s " s e p a r a t e l y " t o s i g n i f y
h c t t h e a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b i s d i v i d e d among d i f f e r e n t i n d i v i d u a l s o r g r o u p s
f individuqls.
.
Repetitive
- k,-
:
T h i s s u f f i x shows b h a t an a c t i o n i s done s e v e r a l t i m e s o r o v e r and over.
h e s u f f i x means "several t i m e s " o r " c o n t i n u o u s l y "
f v e r b s with t h e r e p e t i t i v e - k 3
o r "one a f t e r t h e o t h e r . "
Thus,
Smples
a r e shown below:
t o fall s e v e r a l times
t o die
t o d i e one a f t e r t h e o t h e r
t o urinate
t o u r i n a t e several times
t o laugh
T o laugh several t i m e s
t o dangle
t o dangle continuously
I t o deny several t i m e s
t o deny
Frm t h e e x a v p l e s above, i t can be i n f e r r e d t h a t t h e r e p e t i t i v e -kd i s used
DUO t o t h e r e p e t i t i v e d u a l i t y of t h i s s u f f i x ,
e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h i n t r a n s i t i v e vorbs.
it a t t i m e s s u g g e s t s c o n p l e t e d a c t i o n .
T h i s t h e r a f o r e makes t h e -kc> s u f f i x t o bo
s i m i l a r t o t h e % s u f f i x as shown beloul:
4
kwf
Sit8
tsar;
" t o chop"
kwhk:.
" t o chop c c m p l e t e l y l l
t o tear
&'k>
" t o tear c m p l e t e l y "
t o leak
tshrdk:,
"to leak conpletely"
There i s also a q u a n t i t a t i v e -k3
Verb f a l l s on many o b j e c t s .
which i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e a c t i o n s u g g o s t e d by t h e
T h i s c a n b e i l l u s t r a t e d by t h e s a m p l e s below:
. .
.
. .
,
.
.
~.
. . .
.
. .. .
. .
..
.
.
.
.
.,.
.~
c a s t r a t e many..
~...
~.~..
.~.
~
t o rank several.
, to
l i s t .nany.
a a
t o s p l i t nany. *..
t o d r e s s many (wounds)
t o c l e a r vany.........
t o f l o a t f i n great nunbers)
When t h o - k a
d e r i v e d s u F f i x i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b
t o be s p l i t by i t s e l f
t o be b u r s t by i t s e l f
t o shatter
t o bs loose by i t s e l f
t o u h i t h e r by i t s a l f
t o ivhither
As me saw w i t h t h e s p o n t a n e o u s
"by i t s e l f ,
I'
-
where t h e e l e q e n t of s p o n t a n e i t y uIas e x p r e s s e d
s o z l s o i s t h s p r e s e n c e of t h e s p o n t a n e o u s -k3
o n t m e o u s -& on t h e verb,
The
-w,
d e n o t e d by t h e m o d i f y i n g
at t h e s m a n t i c level.
k a d e r i v e d s u f f i x also h a s a s y n t a c t i c e f f e c t on t h e v e r b i n t h a t i t c h a n g e s
is s i t u a t i o n , t h e v e r b s i n t h e t a b l e above w i l l b e used.
used i n t h e i ? non-derived f o n s .
S e n t e n c e s w i t h non-derived
vorbs:
Secondly,
(NP,
+
VP
F i r s t l y , t h e verbs w i l l
t h o s e s a v e v e r b s w i l l be used i n t h e i r
+
NP2)
"1 am s p l i t t i n g a s t i c k "
"I am t o a r i n g a d r e s s t f
'$1 am uprooting g r a s s "
- ~ .
-
verbs e n t e r t h e (NP,
The sentences above show that tho no-derived
*
t e n c e pattarn.
n phrase (NPl)
+
NPZ)
But when t h e n o o - d e r i v e d v e r b s
a n d a n o b j e c t noun phrase (NP2).
-4
we r e a l i s e d t h a t NP,
suffix,
s t r u c t u r a of t h e sentencc.
-
se&ka
d i s a p p e a r s Prcm the syntac-
The f o l l o w i n g sentences w i l l t e s t i f y t h i s f a c t :
Sentences w i t h d e r i v e d verbs:
I
UP
The sentence t h e r e e f x a has t w o noun p h r a s e s which i n c l u d e a subject
e on t h e i n t r a n s i t i v e
et'i
+
+ VP)
(NL?2
'*A s t i c k i s s p l i t t i n g by i t s e l f "
1
"A
d r e s s i s t e a r i n g by i t s e l f "
"Grass is b e i n g u p r o o t e d by i t s e l f "
As i t can be siien f r a n t h e sentences above,
l y a n o b j e c t noun phrase.
The i n t r a n s i t i v i t y of t h e sentences and t h e s p o n t a n e i t y
t h e a c t i o n r e l a t e d by t h e sentences show
a h n n o n i s a t i a n of b o t h t h e s e n a n t i c
t h e s u f f i x e s on t h e verbs.
nd s y n t a c t i c i m p l i c a t i o n s of
8
t h e d e r i v e d verbs t e n d t o r e q u i r e
The d e r i v a t i o n a l -kd
suffix,
seen t h r o u g h a o a n p a r i s o n of sentencas A and B above p r o v o k e s a change f r c m an
As we m e n t i o n e d i n 1.3.2.1.3,
a non-derived
l i k e the
verb.
t o b i v a l e n t verbs.
so t a k e on t h e
d c r i v e d s u f f i x adds a c a u s a t i v e element
T h i s c a u s a t i v e element t e n d s t o i n c r e a s e verb valency.
-na and t h e -ka
t o monovalent verbs,
-sa
the
d e r i v a t i o n e l s u f f i x e s which u s u a l l y t u r n b i v a l e n t v e r b s
the - s a
d e r i v a t i o n a l s u f f i x i n s t e a d t u r n s monovalent v e r b s
There are,
-e d e r i v e d
Thus,
however,
suffix.
cases where b i v a l e n t o r t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s
I n t h i s case,
t h e v a l e n c y of t h e v e r b i s n o t
Creasedbut i t i s t h e c a u s a t i v e element which i s added t o t h e b a s i c meaning of t h e
rb.
Similarly,
Firstly,
ffix.
I n all,
sane v e r b s w i t h t h e f o r m a l s u f f i x ,
l e t us examine t h e t r a n s i t i v e
-sa
were a l s o found t o have a double
suffix.
T h i s s u f f i x tends t o conusrt
83 v e r b s were d i s c o v e r e d t o be c a p a b l e of r e c e i v i n g t h e t r a n s i t i v e
101
Plean i nq
Derived v e r b
1
. .
.,
..
Meanina
I
'Bybs;
t o sleep
bw ins5
make s m e o n e t o s l e e p
t o pass
tsyasg
t o make s m e o n e t o p a s s
t o cry
G6S3
make soncone t o c r y
t o itch
~olhs3
make s m e t i i i n g t o i t c h
t o be h o t
Gbns2
make s m s t h i n g t o be h o t
to wit
t sui14
make saneone t o
t o be b i t t e r
1w'i s j
t o be sweet
liinsz
make s u n e t h i n q to become sweet,
t o laugh
WY&$
make s m e o n e t o l a u g h
t o speak
gh'ahng
make saneone t o speak.
t o flme
bdr&$
make s u n s t h i n q t o flame
t o foam
l&gS&
Make smeone t o f a l l
i
sit
make s a n e t h i n g t o be b i t t e r
\ \
' '
make s o n s t h i n g t o foam
l u s t r a t e d u i t h t h a f o l l o w i n g g r o u p s of s e n t e n c e s :
na
&&
&
*
,i
I
I
I
I
I1I
am s l e e p i n g "
"I
m lailghing"
I
at
. .
~.
"The water i s sweet"
.
..
.
I
:
Nls
I
Wb
The f o u r s e n t e n c e s above with t h e non-derived
-, 6
L
:I'd
33
verbs.are i n t r a n s i t i v e sentences
Ice t h e a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b i s e f f e c t e d on t h e l o n e noon p h r a s e which i s
3
.~''
to fall
The c h m q e f r m i n t r a n s i t i v i t y t o t h e t r a n s i t i v i t y of t h e above verbs:-&
f
.
1
But when t h e s e sane i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s
o b j e c t noun p h r a s e fNP2) of t h e vern.
:eive t h e t r a n s i t i v e -s
suffix,
L i g a t o r i l y t a k s n by t h e verbs.
there i s a n i n c r e a s e i n t h e noun phrases t o be
The f d l o w i n q s e n t e n c e s w i l l examplify t h i s s i t u a -
In :
Sentences with d e r i v o d verbs:
(NP,
+
UP
+
NP2)
i
!
"You are making me t o Pall"
1
i
1
"You a r e making
s
15
NP,
me t o s l e e p "
I
VP
N82
&
n8
"You a r e making me t o Laugb"
T
I
u
6
UP
NP2
'$1 am s w e e t e n i n g t h e water"
.
The s e n t e n c e s o f 8 a b o v e show t h a t when a h i t h e r t o i n t r a n s i t i v e verb,
.
A,
t a k e s on t h e
-sa s u f f i x ,
t h i s v e r b becones t r a n s i t i v e .
Uhen t h i s i n t r a n s i t i v e
it c a n no more be used i n sentences of a n (N82+ VP)
verb t a k e s on t h e s u f i i x ,
p a t t e r n a s i n A b u t o b l i g a t o r i l y i n s e n t e n c e s of a n (NP1
i n 9.
as i n
T h i s t r a n s i t i v e q u a l i t y of t h e -52
+
UP
+
NP2) p a t t e r n a s
s u f f i x m a n i f e s t s a s y n t a c t i c e f f e c t of
There are, however, cases where t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s a l s o
t h i s s u f f i x on t h e verb.
r s c a i v e t h e c a u s a t i v e -sa.
Feu, however, are t h e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s which r e c e i v e t h e c a u s a t i v e - s
we d i s c o v e r e d 7 3 o f s u c h rare cases.
t h e data,
" t o mako s a n e t h i n g bo pour"
" t o wrap"
" t o q a k e s m e t h i n g t o wrap"
"to pilB"
" t o make s m e t h i n g t o pilE?'
"to remove"
"to send out sanething"
'to
" t o make s a n e t h i n g t o wipe"
"to grind"
"to make something t o beground"
"to tilt"
" t o make something t o t i l t "
"to hate"
" t o make someone t o h a t e a n o t h e r "
The e x a n p l e s above i l l u s t r a t a non-derived
Causative
Fron
Samples arc a s follows:
Itto pour"
wipe"
.
-sa.
t r a n s i t i v e Vbrhe &hi& ,take-on t h e
T h i s s u f f i x howewer does n o t add t o t h e v a l e n c y of t h e v e r b b u t it
r a t h e r m o d i f i e s t h e meaning of t h e v e r b by a d d i n g t h e c a u s a t i v e meaning t o t h e b a s i c
I
weaning o f t h e verb.
The f o l l o t d i n g s e n t e n c e s will c l a r i f y t h i s p o i n t morel
"1 am p o u r i n g water"
I
(b)
&
I
W
NPI
I
' > ,
shwi'zsa
8
W
VP
&I
I
W
NPZ
"I am making Mater t o pour"
lQ3
1
&
-
&
(a)
I
-
.
.
v
. .
NPl
:
&
(b)
"I
.w-'
i
rn wrapping e dreas'
I
I
1
I
.
1GsJ
.,e
. ..
NP2
,.
.
..
.
.
At&'&
"I am making a d r e s s t o utrap"
,.
. .
.
!
/.
s,
F r m t h e s e n t e n c e s above,
i
Q f f i x or not,
i t can be s e e n t h a t w h e t h e r t h e v e r b h a s a d e r i v a t i o n a l
i t e n t e r s t h e (NP,
+
VP
+
B u t t h e d i f f e r o n c e cones
NP2) p l t t e r n .
e s e n t e n c e s u i t h t h e v e r b s h a v i n g t h a c a u s a t i v e -sd
s u g g e s t t h a t NP1 i s n o t
y i n v o l v e d i n t h e a c t i o n b u t it is t h o c a u s e of t h a a c t i o n .
I t was d i s c o v e r e d t h a t s m a v e r b s w i t h t h e -s
a double i n t e r p r e t a t i o n .
s a t i v e element.
Secondly,
f o r m a l s u f f i x a r e c a g a b l e of
F i r s t l y , t h e v e r b s can be i n t e r p r e t e d l u i t h o u t t h e
t h e s e s3me v e r b s c a n a l s o be i n t e r p r a t e d w i t h t h e
s a t i v e element i n t h e i r meaning.
We d i s c o v e r e d 11 v e r b s frcm t h e d a t a c a p a b l e of
inq subjectod t o t h i s double i n t o r p r e t s t i o n .
The following s m p l e s are i l l u s t r a t i v e
t h i s situation:
" t o r a i s e something" or " t o make s m s t h i n g t o be r a i s e c ' "
" t o r o l l s m e t h i n " o r t o make s m e t h i n g t o roll"
" t o l e v e l s o m e t h i n g " or "to.!mako s m a t h i n g t o be l e v e l "
r+ss
" t o a p p e a s e " o r " t o make s m e t h i n g t o b o c m e a p p e a s e d "
" t o s-iuint" o r " t o make ( o n e ' s eye) t o s q u i n t "
,#
nu'+sj
1
" t o r a i s e ( t h e s h o u l d e r s ) " or " t o make ( t h e s h o u l d e r s ) t o be r a i s e d "
:kkf~S%
'Yo c o n f u s e " or " t o make saneone t o be c o n f u s e d "
1
i
Whether t h e v e r b s z b b o v e a r e i n t e r p r e t e d a s h a v i n g t h e c a u s a t i v e e l e m e n t i n t h e i r
i
,ineaning or not,
t h e fact i s t h a t t h e verbs undergo neither a semantic nor a syntactic
i
:nodif
ication.
1
Unlike t h e -sa
d e r i v e d s u f f i x which h a s a n e x c l u s i v e ~ ys y n t a c t i c e f f e c t on
Vhen t h e -ma d e r i v e d s u f f i x i s a f f i x e d t o a verb,
rb.
i t m o d i f i e s t h e meaning of
The f o l l o w i n g v e r b s w i l l be u s e d i n s e n t e n c e s t o i l l u s t r a t e t h e " p e r f e c t i v e "
nction of the
-ma
derived suffix:
.
'
"kt0
bend"
"to
Rat"
~
','e33
'
off"
"ta press"
" t o caasell
k6sd
" t o cover'1
o t w i s tn
y3'5
" t o marry"
"to operate"
bwS&
"to scold"
a
iki'i
%l
pull
'
n 51s
'It
'
.la4
Sone of t h e above v e r b s w i l l be u s e d f i r s t l y i n t h e i r non-derived
f o r m s and
!secondly i n t h e i r d e r i v e d forms w i t h t h e d i f f e r e n c e between them u n r a v e l l e d :
\
---
Verbs i n t h e i r nun-derivsd forms:
,A.
4
i
!
i
m i g&
2.
m i d z 6 m;d-rO
3.
m i tu::
4.
ma' y i f j
I
"I have b e n t a rope"
rJkir$
1.
"I havo e a t e n food"
"I am t w i s t i n g a rope"
qkk;
.
"I am g e t t i n g m a r r i e d
S e n t e n c e s w i t h d e r i v e d verbs:
IO.
I
i
t
w
i
h &-r$
d+n d gkirk
1.
m i
2.
m i
3.
ma dzk6
4.
m'a y j % g
"I have a l r e a d y t w i s t e d a rope"
"I have a l r e a d y b e n t a rope"
"I have a l r e a d y e a t e n food"
m;dzb
"I h a v e a l r e a d y m a r r i e d "
. ... .
A j u x t a p o s i t i o n of t h e sentences i n A and 8, above,
shows t h a t i n A t h e a c t i o n
s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b i s e i t h e r i n p r o c e s s a s i n A3 a n d A4 o r t h e a c t i o n h a s been
e f f e c t e d a s i n A I and A2.
I n 8, where t h e v e r b s have t h e -ma
i s a l s o s e e n a s hawing been executed.
suffix,
But t h e d i f f e r e n c e between R l ,
the action
A 2 and t h e
s e n t e n c e s i n B i s t h a t i n 8, i t i s einphasised t h a t t h a a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b
a c t u a l l y t o o k p l a c e and was t h e r e f o r e c u n p l e t a .
The c m p l e t e d a c t i o n i n
But i n A I a n d A2,
s t r a t e d by t h e a d v e r b "already!'
E is dmon-
we are n o t r e a l l y s u m whether
t h e a c t i o n Utas E c t u a l l y c a n p l o t e d .
Frm t h e f o r e g o i n g a n a l y s i s , we t h e r e f o r e c o n c l u d e d t h a t t h e
s u f f i x has a u n i q u e s e m a n t i c f u n c t i o n .
and t h e
-ma
I t s h o u l d be r e c a l l e d
Ute evoked a r e s e m b l a n c e between t h e -k
I n 3.3,
derived suffix.
derivational
This function i s that the s u f f i x anphasises
t h a t a n a c t i o n was a c t u a l l y c a r r i e d o u t i n i t s c u n p l e t e form.
h e r e t h a t i n s e c t i o n 3.3,
-ma
we said, t h e r e f o r e ,
derived s u f f i x
t h a t due t o t h e r e p e t i t i v e
t h e r e are i n s t a n c e s where t h i s r e p e t i t i v e n e s s s u g g e s t s a c a n p l e t e d
f u n c t i o n of -@,
action.
- la
The
4.6.0:
derived suffix
we s s i d t h a t t h e r e were 1 1 2 verbs,
I n s e c t i o n 1.3.2.1.6,
t h e data,
which r e c e i v e d t h e
-la
derived
suffix.
o u t of 600 v e r b s
in
T h i s s u f f i x was found t o modify
t h e meaning of t h e v e r b by a d d i n g t h r e e . s e p a r a t e m e a n i n.- g s t o ~ t h ev e r b s when t h e -la
.,..il
S J f f i x is a f f i x on t h e verbs,
i t may mean.Von several p ,.
a r t.s " or "randcmly" o r roughly".
,
When t h e s u Q f i x d e n o t e s "randcmnessVi-'it shows t h a t the a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e
v e r b is done i r r e g u l a r l y . '
.:
P
-
.
I
OP11,O
C"
p p .1".
The P o l l c w i n g i r a e&nples. t o d e n o n s t r a t e t h i s f u n c t i o n
.. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
*
I
, i _ .
'.
"to s c r n t c h "
" t o coughtr
k;&
"to scratch a t rantian"
kwt'EIl.3
" t o cough a t randan"
mE'E
"to b l e a t "
rni'6l-S
" t o b l e a t a t aantian"
ts;l'S
"to rattle1*
tsLI'i1a'
" t o r a t t l s a t randcm"
bwi!:
" t o sow"
bwl'ilz
" t o soul a t randant'
by8
%o g l a n c e "
by'ala*
" t o g l a n c e a t randan"
03
" t o canb"
kyks
" t o c a n b a t randanm"
'kij
E*
klu;
,
4
A t c e r t z i n times, when t h e
-Is s u f f i x i s
a f i i x e d t o a verb,
it shows t h a t t h e
a c t i o n s u g g e s t e d by t h e v e r b a f f e c t s s e v e r a l p o r t s of' t h e same o b j e c t .
The examples
below w i l l i l l u s t r n t e t h i s s i t u a t i o n :
y 66
" t o becone d r y f t
ydO'l3
" t o become d r y on s e v e r a l p a r t s
mj;nt$
" t o touch"
mj512
" t o t o u c h on s e v e r a l s p o t s "
nit5
" t o press"
nj'jb*
" t o p r e s s on s e v e r a l s p o t s "
sg
"to spiorce"
Srh$
" t o p i o r c o on s a u a r n l s p o t s s '
bw8r.3
" t o b e g i n to r o t "
bw?&
" t o b e s i n t o r o t on s e v e r a l p a r t s "
fii
"to sL2p"
fSb*
" t o s l a p on several p a r t s "
Id&
"to bite"
tGi1;
"to decorzto"
Since t h e
" t o b i t e on s a u o r a i s p o t s "
tsl'lld
" t o d a c o r 3 t z on ssveral s p o t s "
s u f f i x 2 b o v e shows t h a t a c t i o n f a l l s on " s e v a r a l p n r t s " of a n
o b j x t , wo cen s z y t h a t t h i s s u f f i x h 3 s
2
r z p p e r t with t h e distrubutiwe -ka
derivo-
tionsl suffix,
There i s 31so n t h i r d s m a n t i c f u n c t i o n o f t h e -1
i s when th,,
care.
d a r i v e d suffix.!.;.
This
s u f f i x shows t h 2 t t h e a c t i o n i n t r o d u c e d by t h e v e r b i s done w i t h o u t much
Thus, we l a b e l l e d t h i s f u n c t i o n as: "roughly."
The exwnples below w i l l s a r v e
os further clarifications:
y21:
" t o sweep"
yt'El^a
" t o sweep r o u g h l y / w i t h o u t carett
tswii:
"tD trim "
tswik3
" t o k r h roughly/without
kwirs
"to t i e n
kwi'rdl;
"to tis roughly"
kh3
" t o scrub"
k&r.k$
"to s c r u b roughlytt
fw2'S
" t o wnter"
fW&'Bb^
" t o water w i t h o u t ewe"
shi'f
" t o wash"
s h i * $.I;
" t o wesh r o u g h l y "
zhhd
90r c a s t "
2h&gjG
" t o r o a s t roughly"
ghtrs
" t o make, f n b r i c z t e g h t r h l b
carell
" t o f a b r i c a t e roughlyIt
Since, a t t h e s y n t a c t i c l e v e l , o u r d i s t i n c t i o n h a s s o f a r becn between t r a n s i -
t i v e a s a g a i n s t i n t r o n s i t i v e verbs, we n o t i c e d t h a t t h e -13 d e r i v e d s u f f i x h a s n o
s y n t a c t i c a f f e c t on t h e verbs.
A s n o t i c e d f r n t h e i l l u s t r a t i o n s , above,
s u f f i x a f f e c t s t h a verbs uniquely a t t h e semantic level,
the
-la
by m o d i f y i n g t h e meaning
of t h e v e r b s i n t h r e e ways.
4.7.0
R e d u p l i c n t i o n of t h e v e r b r o o t :
T h e r e d u p l i c a t i o n of t h o v e r b r o o t , a s seen i n s e c t i o n 1.3.2.1.7
of t h i s work,
lo6
s u f f i x which a f f e c t s t h e r a d i c a l solely a t t h o
s a m a n t i c level. .When t h s . v s p b root is r a d u p l i c a t e d , it may serve a " r e p e t i t i v e l '
f u n c t i o n , a ' q u a n t i t a t i v e ' f u n c t i o n o r i t may serve an;."emphatic" f u n c t i o n .
was d i s c o v e r e d a s s e r v i n g a s a
1
idhen t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t serves a r e p e t i t i v e f u n c t i o n , it shows a
{ p l u r a l a c t i o n uthich i s r e p e a t e d time and a g a i n .
The f o l l o w i n g v e r b s w i l l i l l u s t r a t e
, t h e r e p e t i t i v e f u n c t i o n of t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t :
i
; kwW
"to beat"
kwkirjkwblj
"to beat often"
i nhr;
" t o grcnn"
ndrjniirs
" t o g r o a n time and a g a i n "
tifindntilin3
"t-o s l i d e s e v e r a l
tl"rn2
'It;
slide"
times"
: t8
"to spit"
tbnt8
" t o s p i t time a n d a g a i n "
j ti!..
" t o push"
tiineil
" t o push time a n d ay.?in"
j
Itto d i s n a n t l e "
sB'hnsB%
" t o d i , m a n t l e time and again"
:i w g
"to sleughtor"
wBnur8
" t o s l a u g h t e r time a n d a g a i n "
: fh3
" t o be p a o r "
fimdmfim3
" t o be o f t e n p o o r "
i ki'a
"to be t i r e d
kidrJk6B
" t o be o f t o n t i r e d "
SBfg
As t h e v c r b s above i n d i c s t e ,
t h e r e p e t i t i v e f u n c t i o n of t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d
o r "several times."
v e r b r o o t i s s i g n x l l e d by "time 3nc! a g a i n , " "often,"
A s e c o n d f u n c t i o n r;?
t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t i s t h n t it s u y g a s t s t h n t t h e
a c t i o n e f f e c t s d by t h e v e r b e f f e c t s many o b j z c t s .
Thus,
the reduplicated root
has a " q u a n t i t a t i v e ' . f u n c t i o n and t h e r e f o r e d e r i v e t h a meaning of I'inuch,
o r " i n g r e a t nmhers!'
T h e f o l l o w i n g examples t e s t i f y t h i s f u n c t i o n :
" t o p l u c k many..
" t o prune"
"to
" t o buy"
"to
"to
11
II
"to plznt"
" t o p l a n t a g r a a t nunber of.."
"to drink"
" t o d r i n k much..,
"to s i f t "
" t o s i f t a l a r g e amount of.."
II
.....
due t o t h e r e p e t i t i v e f u n c t i o n of t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t ,
t e n d s t o t a k e on an "emphztic" f u n c t i o n .
t h e r s d u p l i c a t e d verb root,
I1
it
We d i s c o v e r e d 3 5 v e r b s whose r e d u p l i c a t e d
verb r o o t s i n d i c z t e t h e "emphatic" meaning.
The f o l l o w i n g v e r b s w i l l throw, t h i s
into relief.
yirs
" t o select"
yidrjyhrs
" t o s e l e c t thoroughly"
k M
" t o runtt
kzrjkz
" t o r u n v e r y much"
YimS
" t o be s e l f i s h "
Y&lIY-;mS
" t o be t o o s e l f i s h "
"to decorate"
t s i 1 i n t si 1 1
" t o d e c o r a t e v e r y well"
" t o bo proud"
tswirjntswCr3
" t o b e t o o proud"
" t o pound"
%s$gintsdgd
"to pound v e r y well"
Sl 1
.'I
"to count"
A t times,
'.I?
II
" t o wedge many......"
" t o c o u n t many......
" t o wedge"
3f
....
prune many.. ...
buy many ........
e a t much ........
" t o pluck"
"to eat"
function
Irnany"
3 015
t
'
1W
dzY
I
"to resemble"
fLfi
"to underrate"
dzindzi
The "emphatic"
llthoroughly,
11
'
" t o resemble v e r y much"
v
Isto u n d e r r a t e t o o much"
f u n c t i o n o f t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t i s i n d i c s t e d by
11
titoo
..
..it
.)'
'
i
The f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e s can a l s o serve i n
"very well."
i l l u s t r a t i n g t h i s function.
I.
3.
4.
m a y 8 r i m;k&
2.
:
selfish"
'11
m B y&s
m g f i ghE
m i tsurirs
YOU"
111
"I am proud"
1.
mB yhfly+h$
2.
mB
3.
m i ts&&ntsw&
"I
f i gh6 mf.&nf:
"I am s e l e c t i n g beans"
4.
m too selfish"
"1 r e s e m b l e You v e r y much"
I'I am t o o proud."
ma' y&r> mi$&
gy&+j
"I am s e l e c t i n g b e a n s
:
thoroughly"
A j u x t a p o s i t i o n of t h e s e n t e n c e s above w i l l show t h e t y p e of m o d i f i c a t i o n
which t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v a r b r o o t h a s on t h e verb.
semantic.
Thus,
T h i s modification is s t r i c t l y
t h e "emphatic" r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b r o o t l i k e i n i t s " q u a n t i t a t i v e "
a n d " r e p e t i t i v e " f u n c t i o n s , h z s n o s y n t a c t i c e f f e c t on t h e v a r i o u s B a f u t v e r b s .
4.8.0:
Conclusion:
As t h i s c h a p t e r d r i v e s t o a c l o s e ,
we deem i t n e c e s s a r y t o make a r e c a p i t u l a -
! t i o n of what h a s s o f a r been d i s c u s s e d i n t h e c h a p t e r . T h i s c h a p t e r h a s been
i d e v o t e d t o t h e e x a m i n a t i c n of t h e e f f e c t s of t h e d i f f e r e n t d e r i v a t i o n a l s u f f i x e s
: on t h e v a r b s b c t h a t t h e sem,?ntic 2nd s y n t a c t i c l e v e l s . T h e c c m b i n a t i o n o f t h e
non-derived
v e r b and t h e s u f f i x e s h a s n e c e s s i t a t e d t h e f o l l o w i n g o b s e r v a t i o n s t
Firstly,
t h a t s m e of t h e s u f f i x e s
as uell as the syntactic levels.
derivational suffixes.
a f f e c t t h e v e r b s b o t h a t t h e semantic
T h e s e s u f f i x e s i n c l u d e t h e -n3
and t h e -b
A t t h e s e m a n t i c l e v e l , t h s s e s u f f i x e s were s e e n t o modify
t h e b a s i c m e a n i n g s of t h e v e r b s i n s e v e r a l w ~ y s , w h i l e a t t h e s y n t a c t i c l e v e l , t h e s e
:
s u f f i x e s t e n d e d t o r e d u c e v s r b Valency.
i
i n t r a n s i t i v e verbs.
T h a t is,
they turn transitive verbs into
;
Secondly, i t was observed, t h a t sane of the s u f f i x e s h a d o n l y a s e m a n t i c b P l i C a t i o n on t h e verbs.
T h e s e t y p e s of s u f f i x e s i n c l u d e :
and t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d v e r b roots.
t h e -?a
, the
-13
, the
-t3
These s u f f i x e s o n l y h e l p e d i n m o d i f y i n g t h e
b a s i c m e a n i n g s of t h e verbs.
T h i r d l y , we o b s e r v e d t h a t w h i l e sane s u f f i x e s a f f e c t t h e v e r b s s t r i c t l y a t
t h e semantic l e v e l ,
anather s u f f i x a f f e c t s t h e v e r b s t r i c t l y a t t h e s y n t a c t i c l e v e l .
We d i s c o v e r e d t h a t t h e
-na
a n d -kJ
-93
c a u s a t i v e s u f f i x had t h i s f u n c t i o n .
s u f f i x e s which r e d u c e d verb valency,
i n c r e a s d v e r b valency.
when t h e c a u s a t i v e
-sa
the causative
Thus, u n l i k e t h e
-sa
instead
Thus, h i t h e r t o i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s b e c c n e t r a n s i t i v e verbs
suffix
affixed t o t h w .
~ J I ~ S
1
7
C H A P T E R
i
5
-
GENERAL
CONCLUSIUN
Me went t h r o u g h t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n , t h e body, and now, we hove a r r i v e d a t t h e
gnninal,
o f t h i s paper.
A t t h i s juncture,
we deem it n e c s s s n r y t o p i n p o i n t suns
b s e r v a t i o n s g a t h a r e d i n t h a c o u r s e of t h o work and a l s o t o s i t u a t e t h i s work i n t h e
!
rme of its f u t u r e v a l i d i t y .
I n t h e c o u r s e of t h e work,
we were nnde t o u n d e r s t n n d t h a t Bafut b e l o n g s t o t h e
I n t h i s language, we r e a l i s e d
qemba sub-group of Eastern Grassfield Bantu languages.
fist t h e u e r b h a s a c e n t r a l r o l e i n t h e l i n g u i s t i c e x p r e s s i o n s of t h i s language.
This
p n t r n l i h y l s a s r i i l l u s t r a t e d by t h e a b i l i t y oP t h e v e r b t o s p e c i f y t h e a r g u n e n t s w i t h
p c h i t m u s t o c c u r and t h e r e p e r c u s s i o n s which t h e v e r b h a s on t h e a r g m e n t s whenever
iis
v e r b i s m c d i f i e d by s u f f i x e s .
W
e also observed t h a t t h e r e a r e s u f f i x e s which c a n b e employed t o modicy e i t h e r
he v e r b ' s meaning or i t s s t r u c t u r e .
These s u f f i x e s were:
d e r i v a t i o n a l , a s well a s
bnnal.
Taking cue
frun t h e above observazicns,
R have bean able,
through t h i s semantic
ut b a s i c two-fold
o b j e c t i v e s wbich are:
-
we can s3y,
w i t h o u t any conplex,
- s y n t a c t i c s t u d y of
t h e e a f u t verb,
t o achieve
A d e m o n s t r a t i o n of t h e c o n t r s l i t y and t h e e x i g o n c e s of t h e Nafut v e r b when i t
i s used i n l i n g u i s t i c e x p r e s s i o n s .
An e x t o n s i o n of t h a d e v o t i o n given t o t h e b z n t u v e r b i n g e n e r a l and t h e B a f u t
verb i n pnrticulnr.
B a f u t grammm,
T h i s t h e r e f o r e t h r o w s more l i g h t on one s s p e c t of t h e
which is, t h e verb.
Thouq$.iwe c a n n o t f e i g n t h ? t t h e p r e s e n t work i s v e r y e x h a u s t i v e ,
I
that
t o be f i n a l , w e
I
,ope however t h a t it w i l l h s v e a f a r f r m negligible v i t a l i t y i n t h o future.
;
d
Firstly,
t h e i d e a s propounded i n t h i s work,
w i l l serve as a substantial basis for
C m p a r a t i v e s t u d y betwoen b a n t u l a n g u a g e s and more p a r t i g u l a r l y ,
t h e bantu languages
t h e Ngmbe sub-group.
f
Secondly,
t h o work w i l l s e r v e a s a p r a c t i c a l s t a r t i n g p o i n s f o r any f u r t h e r
which m i g h t b e done i n f u t u r e , p e r t a i n i n g t o t h e B a f u t verb.
n g u i s t i c work,
1
Thirdly,
t h e a c c m p a n y i n g list of v e r b s w i l l o b v i o u s l y s e r v e a s a s o u r c e o f d a t a
k l e c t i o n f o r any work on t h e S a f u t grammar.
Owing t o t h e above s n v i s a g e d c o n t r i b u t i o n s of t h e p r e s e n t work, we hope t h a t it
welcae.
PENDIX 2:
Earlier Works On The B a f u t Lanquaqe
W Jacqueline
-
1979
- "A
10 r e c h e r c h e de t o n s pordUS:
JALL
-
pp. 55-71 912. B a f b t
-
S t r u c t u r e du nun en Ngmba"
913. Mankon
-
915. B m b u i
-
LEROY J a c q u e l i n e
109
- -
"The N g m b a groupr Mankon, Rmgangu,
1980
Nwen,
Mundun I, Bafut,
Pinyin, A w i n g " i n L ' e x p m s i o n bantoue,
Bavbui,
Vol. I, pp.111-141
1
C R m I E R David (od), A . Forlem, T. Nmfcr-l980(a)
d
1
: CROZIER
f
David
MFONYAM
-
Joseph
1
-
1980(b)
-
1982
I
B a f u t Phonoloqy,
APPENDIX
3:
Rafut
How t o r e a d a n d write t h e R a f u t
- Yaounde - 59pp.
SIL
SIL, Yaounde
Tone i n t h e Orthoqraphy of Rafut,
3e cycle D i s s e r t a t i o n ,
f
1!"
lwtqu-qe,
-
- English
Verb
U n i v e r s i t y of Yaounde
List
( A l l v e r b s a r e g i v e n i n t h e i r c i t a t i o n or i n f i n i t i v e f o r m s )
"to cling to"
t o writbe
t o hste
t o accept
t o c a r r y on t h d back
t o ask
t o dry(with fire)
t o m k e pointed
t o gl-nce
t o set a t r a p
t J prstend
t o appease
t o scald
t o r a i s e frcm t h e grounc
t c d r e s s a wound
t o lose
t o take in(user? f c r a n i q a l s only)
t o s1sep
t o weave
t o be s o f t
to cater f o r
t o explode
t o g i v e way
t o return
t o be sour
t o g e t up
t o POP
t o b i d s m e o n a goodbye
t o be drowsy
to hail
t o be r o t t e n
t o deceive
t o spur
t o go o f f
t o stzrt
t o confuse
t o dhscloso
t o upset
t o unhook
t o tunble
t o flame
t o weave1
t o clear(a"8arm)
t o screm
t o sour
t o pick
t o mould
tq
t o plant
t o break
t o crouch
nail
t o hunt
t o meet
t o lack
t o insult
t o transform
t o begin t o rot
t o dance
t o raise a n a l a r m
t o await
t o make a n a p p o i n t m e n t
t o be
t o refund
t o hang up
t o put o f f
t o bark
t o frighten
t o be bad
t o retreat
t o fear
t o cross
t o counsel
t o stagger
t o play
t o weed
t o be happy
t o trouble
t o grunt
t o show, t e a c h
dz
t o scatter
t o give birth
t o break through
t o under-rate
t o sneeze
To confuse (saneone)
t o be sorry
t o crush
t o h o l d doonwards
t o burst
t o slmp
t o runble
t o spurt
t o belch
t o cheat
t o urinnte
t o cluster
t o p i n down
t o h z r v e s t prernturely
t o faed
t o punch
t o ccrk
f
t o separate
f'a'8
fwlaJ$
PLrs
far3
t o stuff
t o err
f$r>
t o whip
t o grip
fjg'm-
to c a n p a r e
t o give
t o gobble
t o chase h o t l y
t o grow f a t
t o disengage
t o water
t o prune
to c o o l ( b y blowing w i t h a i r )
I
t o work
t o point a t
t o send away
to
t o Pan
suck
t o splash
t o squint
t o disenter
t o rmove
t o measure
t o be d a r k
t o abort
t o bubble
t o 90 ( t o t h e Pam)
t o clasp
t o dig
t o meander
t o suffocate
t o be b l i o d
t o be poor
t o go o u t
t o bake i n ash
t o roof
t o harvest
t o lock
t o be w h i t e
t o loose
t o uncover
t o found
t o back
to resable
t o clear
t o slap
t o chase
t~ qi, i j u t
v
t o be s t e r i l e
t o blame
9
,
t o force
t o bend
t o crouch
A
t o speak
to stroll
t o gather
t o babble
t o be s i c k
t o go
t o grind
t o make
t o regurgitate
t o gnaw
t o strike
t o glow
t o invite
t o envy
t o exhalt
t o c a l l out
t o cure
t o build
t o swing
K
t o swear
t o squeeze
t o be t i r e d
konkwon"
kwu
t o drown
t o mirlch
t o beat
112
t o streak
to cut
t o drain
to die
t o runple
t o filtre
t o pluck
t o behave c h i l d i s h l y
to cmb
t o r m o v e ( f r m t h e fire)
t o stunble against
t o cough
t o warm
t o nod
t o clang
t o scratch
t o gather(strength)
t o shave
t o fry
t o mend
t o roll
t o crack(groundduts,
t o harden
t o operate
t o schedule
t o cover
t o tempt
to hit
t o claim(debt)
lOVQ
t o trim
t o p u l l down
t o encircle
t o peel
t o brood o v e r
t o spray
t o quack
t o eat(smething hard)
t o t u r n round
t o spill
i
..
egusi)
t o measure(quantity)
t o repeat
t o p1uc.k
t o have c o n f i n a t i o n
t o bear f r u i t s
t o sound
t o gulp
> .
t o r e t u r n ( f r t m scmewhere)kfJ
t o run
t o enter
t o catch
t o shift
t o fold
to k i n d l e
t o tie
t o ilfuninate
t o 8Crub
t o c l i m b up
t o block
t o fade
t o grow
t o be b l u n t
t o b r i n g up ( o f f s p r i n g )
t o limp
t o SPY
t o make s a n e t h i n g loose b a l a n c e
to retaliate
t o t r i g g e r ( a gun)
t o mark
t o receive
t o stop
t o hurry
t o s h u t o f f ( t h e palm)
t o t a k e 8 t h (as h o s t a g e )
t o hatch
to hit
t o c u t ( b o u n d s o f f 8th)
t o l o o k g r u d g i n g l y ( a t S.O)
113
t o c o d o l s with
: kwEnt3
t n Irnnck(an
a door)
add
seen
kurEt;
t o help
t o be b a p t i z e d
kwi'i
t o respond
t o be enough
kor:
t o bundle
...
h
t o cook
t o age
to l e v e l
t o float
t o tease
t o end
t o glide
t o be h o t
t o cultivate
t o fill
t o sweat
t o search
to
be b i t t e r
t o poison
t o burn out
t o beg
t o be angry
t o wound( oneself)
t o hide (8th)
t o pass the night
t o hide (oneself)
t o hang
t o keep
t o t a p (wine)
t o curse
t o fish
t o sprairn
t o bite
t o mise
t o lick
t o wail
t o Look
t o announce
t o b e sweet
t o rinse
t o c h e c k on s o n e t h i n g
t o junp
t o entreat
t o wrap
t o estimate
t o fom
t o leave
to stic(sonethinq)
t o sling
to be f u l l
t o P e e l weak
-
t o provoke
t o ncrk
t o flrtter
-M
i
i
41
.f
:
t o confourid
n i 112
t o mi:Tle
t o throw
zd'i n d
t o ;ccunulr$e
t o cgitcte rrter
nJ3
t o pile
t o finish
dint5
t o touc3
,,
'.
aor;.
!
t o b1ec.t
t o swell
n
1
!
1
i
iI
j
t o be i w u n e t o
ahg a
t o fi i i i s h (by:%G%>f h; '2
to rest
zu. I ?u
t o t:irow(into
t o st , m n e r
t o irmerne
t o uproot
the uouth
to spmut
m.&$
to trrin
t o swcllow
t o yrnk
t o press
ij
t o sight
t o crowd
t o l i e clown
!
t o suck
t o I c y d0.m
t o suckle
t o crush
i
t o secsrjn
t o stench
t o '-rorn.
2
1y i
t o creep
,ij.S?>
t o tickle
ilyi
* ,i.si 3l.j
i yiy,
to Jrizzle
rli
t o initcte
r; tr+G
t o h c n d l o with c z r e
t o pinch
9%
to snile
t o stir
fj
t o opec
t o ?litter
J
t o spcrk
to ? m i t e
2
.
ii
t o excrete
to lift
,'
;t + s
-S
* *
S+Sd
t o zi;jrld round
n
qi1 +Sd
.J
t c Icy b c r e
t o push c s i d e
>ti+
t o l i q h t up ( r f i r e )
t o r d S e the shoulders
t o rcize the
t o p o i n t et
+13
t o disnrntle
t o judge
t o t h i n out
s:,;
t o spre2d out
Sa'$
t o sift
to dry
s
to scetter
t o ne1t
9
t o cout
S;g$
,
s+ 3
A
)
t o descend
t o stein
t o to f e e l ceel
to split
t o ccrr'r
F
child(witl? its l e g s s t r i d e )
t o disperse
to slice
to mltiphy
to s t r r i g h t e s
t o suck i n
lie h m g d0.m
t o sue
t o crucifjr
to ccstrcte
t o scy
snc:k
L
,C'R.ZY
t o p u l l out i n
strF.nds
t o t cnt z l i z e
pump e i r
t3 i c s e r t
to
t o pull o f f
COLICGFl
t o borr?w cs c h c b i t .
Co s i c z e
t o hiccup
bo d m g l e
i
t o s e n d 3 u t eir
t o -lirtj.
t o bellow
t o hcrpen
t o strug,gle
t o reduce
t o provoke
t o poke
t o pull
t o wcsk
to c o n t e s t
to pow
t o dri:ik( E l c r q e guai.1IL,ity
t o corle out, i?
t o kick
to s l i d e
t o rc:k
i
bo p u t
E
t o cut
CCL'oQS
t o crcc>:(nuts
t o struggle
t o peel
t o be r e s i s t c n t
t o deny
t o postpone
to
t o hol2 s t i l l
t o destroy
to fether
t o conspire
t o stcnd
t o .?rice
t o revrcrd
t o frown
t o fight
t o occupy s p x e
(untidily)
t o send
t o peck, c r r m g e
t o punge
110
t o oort out
tdp3
string t o q e t h e r
tits
n
t Wd>a
t o indoctrincte
t o s e t upright/
stcad
t o mortg,gge
t o c o o k (POT
E
t o reed,
long
e
tim)
t o twist
twop
to
t s
t o burn
to p u s h
t5
);
t o hoot
to s h r i l . 1
t61i
t o refuse
t o wed:: e
tL?@
t o s119ot
t o bend d o w
t o f e t c h (sth.liguid)
t o resolve
tA2:la
t o spit
t.hl I(;
ta p r y
,
tT r i ;
: dp
.,
C C l l
tp buq
8
t o decor.-te
t o siyh
t o sit
t o invir.::?
to ,1i_ si?e e i,e ,'. t
to Erne
t o hcve
t o be r e s t l e s s
t o drip.
t o greet
t o cocx
t o ho3d
t o clcrve
to ttkc F h r n d f u l .
t o f e t c h (wood)
t o bedrcggle
t o shcke
t 3
e9npte
t o wipe
t o c'3:se
t o stop crying
ta be s m r r t
t o pres
t o mrke s o n e t h i r . r o w
t o chop
t o fill up(: h o l e )
t o grow ( w i l d )
t o circuncise
to fria
t o aecide
t o snatch
t o go f e t c h
t o bop.st
t o perish
t o escort
4
LG
bet
(water)
t o peck
to v i s i t ( f o r c loag
ti-e )
to tE.ke C:Jur.r.@
t o s e i t upright
to s e x
bo r e c t i f y
t o p u l l o u r , wrench
t o dwindle
t o h7p
.L
t o h23h
TO b o r r o w
t o shut
to dmp,
TO s t i p
t o be wsy n-Jd
t o pound
t o confer(with epch
ts&gk$
to leg
tall'>
t s t o vthrhisper
to rcttle
A
t o kcot
tsh'U
w
-
to
WFSh.
u
t o slauqhter
t o s!love
t o leugh
'Npe
wi '2
I
t o wepr
n
win 9
' r : *
t o tctoo
?i
iii i j
t o dkcke
t o rember
wyo"
t o fcll, f c i l .
t o pcin
Yi$i
t o tilt
t o ovcrtcke
t o ponder, boo3 oYer
\ 1 .
v+rJ
t o becn?e l i p h t
to steel
0 -
...
yf I ?',
t o select
t o cry.
' I -
to distrihte
t o sweep
73 4
\
n
jimtra
t o ycwn
t o pxll sff
1700
t o becone d r y
t o 50 over
y;'
t o spin
.,.yo 0
to histle
;I.b,
t o boo r t
75
t o follom
t o itch
\
to
'
5
wEil
t o rsvive
y.2;;<2
t o qucrrel
to bribe
y.ir'f
t o burble
.,
yxi:
I
t o try
t o nhilher
' 1 :
to rexh
t o t F.ste
yLI
bo t o n c r r g , epoikit
L
<
>&I
+'A'
t o p r e s s d0.m
yfi t
t o be T r i p
yh 'a
t o 5e s e l f i s h
yi1
t o hezr
A.
yh +td
t o sin!;
,
t o weke up sor~.ebody
t o obey
t o b?.r
:.
.,.
t o buy
t o wit
I .
y&'&t,$
t n listen.
t o seo
zhhzs
t o speed
t o know
t o cgae
ah%>
t o roest
zhhd
t o convelesce
zh
-
t o s w l l ( c f t e r d e e t h ) zh;
t o breeth
'
t o hesitcte
A
zhwiti-
to kill
BIBLIOGEJPW
CIIIaALD A. H i l l ( e d )
- I"75- Z i x g u i s t i c s ,
Joice of bnerice
f o r w l e c t u r e s , 317PP.
I983
,- CERJ)OTOLi -3GRST
.
I
CRAFE Bellace
- I970 -&enin.<
COOK 4 T e t t e r
- I979 -
: DIK
'i
C.
Simon
s t h c t u r e of LenguegeL
university o f . C h i c e g o Press LtB PP
Cese G r e m m e r :
!
-t
GRE-TFBBRG Joseuh
Development o f t h e M a t r i x Model (1970-1976
- Punctional G r m m z r L
.~
5
End the
Georgetown U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s , U.S.A.
- 19
.
.
- I955
- Studies i n
PP
.bfricen L i n q u i s t i c C l a s s i f i c a t i o n , N e w Hzven,
The Conpcss P u b l i s t i n s Compmy, 116 PP.
i
GRCZIZII E m i d , (ed),
A Porlem, T. N u n f o r
- I980 - Eom t o r e &
end m i t e t h e Befut
(preliT.inary e d i t i o n ) - SIL - Y e o u i d e
..,
)
C-U,IRISM! Gledy
, Gcbriel
,5
9 ~ ~ .
XISSIX, J z n V9CRXCEW: ( @ a s ) - 19E2-Le v e r b s Bantou,
P z i s : SEL!P,
PP
,
The C 1 ? 3 s i f i c c t i o n o f Smtu Lann,5UepS London: InternatianIJL
GUTKXIG Mclcdn -1948-
r f r i c a n I n s t i t u t e PP
BEotu T o 1 1 Gre5q -Press Ltd
GUUT'dBIZ 1121cdm -1967-C3nperctive
,
GDTHRIE Malcol?-I971-
.
~
Comperetive Bntu:cnc? a ?re-bistory
$ 4
, 1,ondonPP
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o CTomperetive L i n g u i s t i c
of BEntu Lennguzges; v o l 2 , C-reqg Prss Ltd
Lordon
FIO72?3 J?.ckson-I980 bnz1yein.Z Z n E l i s h : An I n t r 2 u c t i o n t o D e s c r i p t i v e L i n g u i s t i c s 1.
Pergznopi P r e s s , London
H D W T L s r y -I?eI-Nor?i
G r a m Z t i c z . 1 s t r v c t u r e : with S p e c i a l r e f e r e c c e t o v e r b
morphology SCcPIL 9-k 121 p?
-KCELLE SgisDund -1963-Polyglotte AYriciaa, P r i n t e d i n l u s t r i e
LEF?dNX P. Vinfred
I975
4. I n t r o d u c t i o n Austin,
.-D e s c r i p t i v e L i n g u i s t i c s
Texm
339 PP.
-
'
-
,
-
LZROY 3 ~ c q u e l i c e - I 9 7 7 - ~ l o r ~ ~ ! ~ o el ot ~Ci el c s s e s Noninzlen en M a n k o i l ( C a ~ e r o u n ) - 1 e r i s :
.
B i b l i SEL2.F 57 - 5 2 ,
IS4 PP.
LERCY Jzc~uelicc-I?8C-"The Menbe group: XEnBon, Bzgengu, Mundum I , B a f u t Xkwen,
Bmbui P i n y i n f.rrrinqi' i a L'Expension bantoue
(30
specid
9) - ~ o i . 1
Pr.
~
P a r i s : SELdP;
111.141
L 2 8 O Y 3ac9ueline-I982"Ertensi3cs en Eeaicon" i n Le Verbe Bultou-Paris:
SEL;F,
PP 125-138.
XARCKV!SDT
..
. ....
.
.-
j
..,.
I?.
h l b e r t - I 9 7 5 - " L i n g ~ i s t i c s end I n s t r u c t i o n i n Native Lenguege" i z
L i n g u i s t i c s , Archibeld H i 1 ( e a ) Voice of
L e c t u r e s , 1P.
1
:- i
N Y ( X W 3 Joseph -1982-Tone
131-143
i n t h e Orthography of Bafut-
U n i v e r s i t y o f Yaounde
MOSLEY !?.Stephen-1979-
Senantic
I
3e Cycle D i s s e r t a t i o n ,
PP
s t r u c t u r e s m d R e l a t i o n s i n Dutch: An I n t r o d u c t i c
t o case G r ? m n a .
G'B
fserica Form
Georgetown U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s , U.S.!'..
2 Nebasina-1982-
v i l l a y e Conxunity P r o j e c t
G.U.E.X.D,
Younde, PP
OSTRLL Paul- 1957- C o n s t i t u e n t S t r u c t u r e : l
. s t u d y of Contemporzr? n o d e l s of
-
I
1
119
'J!AD.UJJETJ
klphabet of Cemeroon Lengu
Maurice, C t i e n n e S1DBf30UO (edo -1Y79-Generel
Y aous*e, DL;L (?3OP3LC.' )
TESBIERE Lucien-Tg
GHOSR ?.
Robert-1960-
E16nents
(:E
syntaxe
, 31 PP
structurele
D.C.3ose-Bankim
Good English: Spoken 2nd % i t t e n t
S t r e e t , Gelcutte-12 P 1
Chatterjc
GLELSONr p . Eenry- 1955- An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D e n c e i p t i v e L i n g u i s t i c s , N e w York,
H o l t Z i n e h a r t a d E n s t o n , 503PY.
"ARXIER J e a n - P i e r r e ,
Paul 11 N C H O J I -1962-
H i s t o r y o f t h e Vestern
Elements for
P
Grassfields
Depertment o f SocioloP;y,
I
U n i v e r s i t y o f Yaounde, - S o ~ x : r & - 2 3 6 ~ ~
VIESLTUil3 Ursula-I981
"Xative S p e z k e r R e a c t i o n acd t h e Development of m i t i n z
systems for 7 n w r i t t e n L2nguages" i n C a h i e r du Departemeot iie
Lanzues k f r i c z i n e s e t L i n g u i s t i q u e
NO.1-PLSH-Universite
de
.:de Yaoun3e -PP. 29-43.
WIESM!.NIT
Ursula, E t i e n n e SADZNilBVJO, XLurice TfDD:DJ%'J-I989- Guiee Pour l e Ddveloppe
22s sqst8nes d'Ecriture
d e s Langues A f r i c e i n e s , SIL, Yaounde 22C